195
1 Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre-Consultation Business Case Partnership for orthopaedic excellence: North London FINAL DRAFT Version 1.0 30 December 2019

Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    5

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

1

Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services:

Pre-Consultation Business Case

Partnership for orthopaedic excellence: North London

FINAL DRAFT Version 1.0

30 December 2019

Page 2: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

2

Foreword ............................................................................................................................. 5

1. Executive summary ............................................................................................... 7

1.1 Introduction ............................................................................................................. 7

1.2. Case for change ...................................................................................................... 7

1.3. Elective orthopaedic care model, services and expected benefits ........................... 9

1.4. Governance ........................................................................................................... 11

1.5. Stakeholder engagement ...................................................................................... 12

1.6. Options appraisal .................................................................................................. 13

1.7. Preferred model of care ......................................................................................... 15

1.8 Financial impact .................................................................................................... 18

1.9 Assurance ............................................................................................................. 20

1.10 Decision-making and next steps ............................................................................ 21

2. Introduction ......................................................................................................... 22

2.1. Pre-Consultation Business Case overview ............................................................ 22

3. Context ................................................................................................................. 23

3.1. What is planned orthopaedic surgery? .................................................................. 24

3.2 National context..................................................................................................... 24

3.3 Regional context (orthopaedic care in north central London) ................................. 24

3.4 North London Partners in Health and Care: working together for better health and

care (NCL STP) ..................................................................................................... 25

3.5 Current delivery of planned (elective) orthopaedic services ................................... 26

3.6 Proposal development ........................................................................................... 27

4 Case for change .................................................................................................. 28

4.1. National and international impetus for change ....................................................... 28

4.2. The north central London context: Why we need to change .................................. 31

4.3. Providing sustainable services that are fit for the future ......................................... 32

4.4. Delivering adult elective orthopaedic services that meet the diverse needs of the

NCL population...................................................................................................... 38

4.5. Transport and travel impact assessment ............................................................... 45

4.6. Improving patient outcomes and experience ......................................................... 45

4.7. Fragmented commissioning landscape ................................................................. 51

5. Elective orthopaedic care model, services and expected benefits .................. 51

5.1. Aims and objectives of the service ........................................................................ 52

5.2. Partnership for Orthopaedic Excellence: North London ......................................... 52

5.3. Levels/tiers of service ............................................................................................ 54

Contents

Page 3: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

3

5.4. Number of proposed elective centres .................................................................... 55

5.5. The patient pathway .............................................................................................. 55

5.6. Summary of service model specification ................................................................ 58

5.7. Standards and performance of the elective orthopaedic service ............................ 69

6. Programme leadership and governance ............................................................ 70

6.1. North central London Joint Commissioning Committee (NCL JCC) ....................... 71

6.2. Programme board – adult elective orthopaedic services review ............................ 71

6.3. Other workstreams ................................................................................................ 72

7 Stakeholder engagement .................................................................................... 74

7.1 Overview 74

7.2 Legal principles ..................................................................................................... 74

7.3. Pre-consultation engagement on the draft case for change ................................... 75

7.4. Process for developing the criteria ........................................................................ 82

7.5. Governance and assurance for involvement and consultation ............................... 82

7.6 Public sector equality duty ..................................................................................... 83

7.7 Local authority scrutiny .......................................................................................... 83

8. Options appraisal process.................................................................................. 84

8.1. The process for selecting a preferred option .......................................................... 87

8.2. Proposals submission ........................................................................................... 88

8.3. Creating the shortlist ............................................................................................. 88

8.4. Assessment of non-financial criteria ...................................................................... 89

8.5. Options appraisal day ............................................................................................ 90

8.6. Non-financial criteria .............................................................................................. 91

8.7 Scoring against the non-financial criteria ............................................................... 95

8.8 Financial assessment .......................................................................................... 100

8.9 System-wide sense check ................................................................................... 101

8.10. Sensitivity analysis of options scoring .................................................................. 101

9. Preferred model of care .................................................................................... 101

10. Financial impact ................................................................................................ 108

10.1. Background ......................................................................................................... 108

10.2. General 109

10.3. Northern partnership: Royal Free and North Middlesex ....................................... 110

10.4. Southern partnership: UCLH and Whittington Health ........................................... 111

10.5. Royal National Orthopaedic Hospital ................................................................... 113

10.6. Cross-trust agreements and financial arrangements going forward ..................... 113

11. NHS England assurance – Four tests .............................................................. 114

11.1 Test 1: Strong public and patient engagement .................................................... 114

Page 4: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

4

11.2 Test 2: Consistency with current and prospective need for patient choice ........... 116

11.3 Test 3: A clear clinical evidence base .................................................................. 116

11.4 Test 4: Support for proposals from clinical commissioners .................................. 120

11.5 NHS England’s bed test ...................................................................................... 121

11.6 Mayor of London’s six tests ................................................................................. 121

12 Decision-making and next steps ...................................................................... 125

12.1 Consultation plan ................................................................................................. 126

Glossary .......................................................................................................................... 131

APPENDICES................................................................................................................... 134

Appendix A – Engagement evaluation report ............................................................... 134

Appendix B – Options appraisal .................................................................................. 154

Appendix C – Assumptions underpinning financial modelling ...................................... 156

Appendix D – North London Partners in Health and Care adult elective orthopaedic

services review – Memorandum of Understanding .............................................. 158

Appendix E – Initial equalities analysis – Desk research ............................................. 162

Appendix F – Project implementation plan ................................................................... 186

Appendix G – Progress against London Clinical Senate recommendations ................. 189

Page 5: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

5

North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations

which exists to help residents in Barnet, Camden, Enfield, Haringey and Islington live the

fullest lives possible, stay well, and recover from ill-health more quickly.

Our review of elective (planned) orthopaedic services

(for problems of hips, knees and other joints and bones)

is a good example of how we are working together to

improve the health and wellbeing of our residents.

Hip and knee replacement, and other bone and joint

orthopaedic surgery, can be life-changing for those in

pain or who find it difficult to get around. Demand for

these operations is growing all the time and it is

increasingly challenging to ensure residents can access

care in a timely way.

The issues tend to be worse when winter sets in and

planned operations frequently have to be cancelled at

the last minute because of emergency admissions. This

is distressing for patients and frustrating for clinical

teams.

This document sets out our proposals to improve the experience of patients who require

planned orthopaedic care. Hospitals across north central London, by planning together and

with patients and stakeholders, and sharing expertise and facilities, have agreed a new way

of organising orthopaedic surgery to ensure a consistently high quality of care and patient

experience. This approach highlights the benefits of NHS organisations working

collaboratively to solve local issues.

We’ve drawn on national and international research into what works and have also taken

advice from similar services around the country, so that we know our suggestions would

improve the quality of care we provide.

At the heart of our proposals are the patients and residents of north central London. We are

proud of the deep engagement and partnership working with patients, residents, third sector

and local authority partners that have created proposals to deliver consistently excellent

orthopaedic services. Patients have been central to the development of our plans, with

representation on every board, workshop and committee in our review.

We want this review of elective orthopaedic services to be an example of how we plan to

work in future so that health and care professionals, working alongside patients and

residents, use their collective knowledge and expertise to tackle some of the big challenges

we face.

Helen Pettersen

Accountable Officer: Barnet, Camden, Enfield, Haringey and Islington Clinical

Commissioning Groups

Convenor of the North London Partners in Health and Care (the NCL Sustainability

and Transformation Partnership).

Foreword

Our vision is that by

working together as a

partnership, north central

London will be a place

where people experience

the best possible health

and wellbeing, and

experience fewer health

inequalities and less

unwarranted variation in

health and care. Making

north central London is a

place where no-one is

left behind.

Page 6: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

6

North central London (NCL) residents should have timely access to consistently high-quality

orthopaedic surgery regardless of where they live.

At present, there is unwarranted variation1 in outcomes and quality of care for patients in

NCL, access to services is not equitable and there are challenges attracting and retaining

staff. Additionally, we do not maximise opportunities for training or research. People are

waiting too long for their operations and experiencing too many cancellations, especially

during winter.

As our population changes, demand for orthopaedic services will grow. We want to ensure

every resident in north central London can access the best possible orthopaedic care at the

time that they need it. We need to ensure that not only are our current services fit for

purpose but that we are prepared for the future.

Residents, staff, NHS organisations and councils across north central London have been

working together to co-design future services. We believe that services delivered in a single

network across north central London with two dedicated, state-of-the-art planned

orthopaedic centres, and local, convenient outpatient and day surgery facilities, would

deliver the best care for people who require orthopaedic surgery.

The proposed elective centres would operate under the guidance of the Partnership for

Orthopaedic Excellence: North London, an orthopaedic clinical network that will join together

orthopaedic services under one quality improvement umbrella. The network would deliver a

model where patients would have part of their care at their local hospital of choice, including

outpatient and follow-up appointments and day surgery; with surgery which requires an

overnight stay taking place at two NHS hospitals with dedicated operating theatres and

beds, for patients who need to stay overnight after their operation.

Networked and partnership working would improve staff morale, support recruitment and

retention, enhance training opportunities for newly qualified staff and support ongoing

workforce development. It would create a culture of research and innovation, giving patients

access to research trials and advanced orthopaedic intervention and surgical techniques,

contributing to improved quality of care and outcomes.

Caroline Clarke Group Chief Executive The Royal Free London NHS Foundation Trust

Rob Hurd Chief Executive Royal National Orthopaedic Hospital NHS Trust

Maria Kane Chief Executive North Middlesex University NHS Trust

Siobhan Harrington Chief Executive Whittington Health NHS Trust

Marcel Levi Chief Executive University College London Hospitals NHS Foundation Trust

1 Unwarranted variation is where patient outcomes may vary, clinical practice can be different across different areas, or where

providers’ costs for similar items also range widely.

A joined-up approach to adult elective orthopaedic

services in North Central London

Page 7: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

7

This section summarises the key points in this pre-consultation business case

(PCBC).

1.1 Introduction

This pre-consultation business case:

Makes the case for change for the proposed

future of planned adult orthopaedic services in

north central London (NCL)

Describes the proposed clinical model of care

which would allow for more efficient and effective

services

Details the process undertaken with

stakeholders2 to inform, develop, and evaluate

viable options for the service changes needed,

driven by the needs of patients, staff and

location, and considering the benefits and impact

of these options on patients

Describes the process undertaken to engage

residents, patients, staff and other stakeholders

in the pre-consultation phase and demonstrate

how their feedback is shaping the development and selection of the preferred option

Describes the process that would engage residents, patients, staff and other

stakeholders in the consultation process and demonstrate how their feedback would

shape development of the new service model

Demonstrates how development of the preferred option is compliant with the Secretary

of State for Health and Social Care’s four tests of service reconfiguration, NHS England’s

bed closure test and the Mayor of London’s six tests

Makes the case to commissioners to undertake a public consultation on the preferred

option.

1.2. Case for change

More than 1.5 million people live in north central London and this is expected to rise.

Increasing numbers of people have one or more long-term conditions, and lifestyle risk

factors are growing as are patient expectations resulting in increasing demand for

healthcare.

Demand for planned orthopaedics is predicted to increase due to increasing incidence of

age-related conditions affecting joints and bones (particularly hips and knees), the impact of

lifestyle factors including obesity, and more people having falls.

Improving planned adult orthopaedic services is a complex task. Local challenges, together

with national and international evidence and national policy, provide a unique opportunity to

2 Stakeholders include staff, public, patients, health and wellbeing boards, overview and scrutiny committees and voluntary

sector organisations, among others.

1. Executive summary

Elective (or planned)

orthopaedic services are for

patients who suffer from a

medical condition related to

bones or muscles (like a hip

or knee, tendons, ligaments or

joints) where an operation to

correct the condition, like a hip

replacement, is recommended

as the best choice of

treatment by a specialist. It

does not cover emergency or

trauma service.

Page 8: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

8

create innovative, sustainable services that deliver the best possible elective orthopaedic

experience and outcomes for patients.3

We currently deliver planned adult orthopaedic services for NHS patients from 10 separate

NHS and private sector sites in north central London. While many of these services are of

good quality, we know there is unwarranted variation in the quality of care we are able to

offer.

We know that:

Waiting lists are too long

Cancellations are common and emergency care is prioritised over planned care

More patients would need orthopaedic care in the future.

We also know from our review of evidence that consolidating services onto fewer sites

improves quality outcomes.

Evidence shows us that:

Care is improved when emergency and planned care are separated

More operations in one place results in better outcomes for patients

Separating planned and emergency care leads to lower infection rates.

While there are many areas of good practice in elective orthopaedic care in NCL, the current

system does not fully realise opportunities to deliver the best possible care for patients.

We are proposing a new way to organise planned orthopaedic surgery for patients in

north central London.

Two partnerships have been formed by local NHS hospital trusts – with University College

London Hospitals (UCLH) and Whittington Health working together, and The Royal Free

London (Royal Free, Barnet Hospital, Chase Farm Hospital) working with North Middlesex

University Hospital (North Mid). If the proposal is agreed, these partnerships would deliver

real improvements in how we provide planned orthopaedic surgery.

The partnerships would offer two hospitals with dedicated operating theatres and beds for

patients who need to stay overnight after their operation. They would also offer patients the

choice of which hospital they go to for day surgery, outpatient appointments and education

classes for patients prior to their operation. Appointments would be with a named surgeon;

the surgeon and their surgical team would stay with patients throughout their care.

Both partnerships would be overseen by a network of health professionals who would

ensure that, regardless of where patients receive care, it is of a consistently high standard.

Evidence from the UK and around the world shows that doing surgery in operating theatres

which only do orthopaedics, means better quality of care for patients. We believe that by

organising services in this way, we would be able to improve care and help more patients

before, during and after their operation.

The proposed change could affect anyone living in our five boroughs (and a small number in

neighbouring areas) who needs orthopaedic surgery in the future. To inform our decision-

making, we’d like feedback from anyone with an interest in these services.

3 A National Review of Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services in England (2015) http://gettingitrightfirsttime.co.uk/surgical-specialty/orthopaedic-surgery/

Page 9: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

9

Summary of the preferred model of care

Two NHS hospitals with dedicated operating theatres and beds, for patients who

need to stay overnight after their operation

A choice of NHS hospitals for those needing day surgery

Within each partnership, a choice of NHS hospitals for outpatient appointments

Improved education classes for patients so they understand their operation and what

to do to before surgery to support their recovery afterwards

Appointments would be with a named surgeon, who, with their surgical team, would

stay with patients throughout their care, regardless of where it takes place

Rehabilitation support for patients after their surgery

Access to high dependency or intensive care units for patients who need additional

care after their surgery

Care coordinators to support patients with conditions such as dementia or a learning

disability to understand their care and where it might take place

More complex surgery would continue at the Royal National Orthopaedic Hospital, a

super-specialist centre

Patients with other complex medical conditions, such as haemophilia, would have

their surgery at the hospital which specialises in their condition

Emergency orthopaedic care would continue at all local hospitals with an accident

and emergency department.

1.3. Elective orthopaedic care model, services and expected benefits

Our proposal is to develop a networked model of care that has an international reputation for

high-quality patient outcomes and experience, education and research.

We would aim to achieve this through:

Timely diagnostics and outpatient care, both before and after surgery, at local base

hospital sites, working seamlessly within local musculoskeletal services4 (MSK)

pathways, including prevention and self-management

Two elective centres that would provide at-scale delivery of consolidated, elective

orthopaedic surgery in dedicated beds, with excellent care

Focusing on consistently excellent patient education and rehabilitation before and

after surgery

Flows to a super specialist centre for the most complex patients who cannot be

appropriately cared for in either the local, base hospitals or elective centres

Improving local trauma services by separating planned and emergency orthopaedic

services, while maintaining a surgical workforce trained to provide both to best-

practice standards.

Driving this model is the creation of a single elective orthopaedic network, Partnership for

Orthopaedic Excellence: North London. This clinical network would enable high quality

elective orthopaedic care, improved outcomes and consistency of care across north central

London, as well as providing an overarching framework for system-wide quality

improvement.

4 Musculoskeletal conditions’ is a broad term, encompassing around 200 different conditions affecting the muscles, joints and

skeleton. Around 10 million adults, and around 12,000 children, have a musculoskeletal condition in England today.

Page 10: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

10

We want to move to a three-tiered model of hospital provision for adult elective (planned)

orthopaedic services. In this document we refer to these as ‘base’ hospitals, elective

orthopaedic centres and the super specialist hospital.

Table 1: Proposed three-tiered model of hospital provision

Base hospitals Planned orthopaedic

centres Super specialist centre

These are the existing local

hospital sites.

They would act as the entry

point to elective orthopaedic

care for patients, support

the operation of the elective

orthopaedic centres as part

of a clinical network,

manage outpatients and

post-operative follow-up,

some day-cases and all

trauma care alongside an

accident and emergency

department.

These would provide

surgical care for patients

who would require an

overnight stay. They would

be able to undertake a

mixture of some complex

and all routine elective

activity.

Able to treat medically

complex, as well as some

orthopaedically complex,

patients, with appropriate

back up medical services

and step-up care.

This activity is (mostly)

commissioned by local

clinical commissioning

groups, although some

would sit with NHS England

(NHSE) specialised

commissioning.

Tertiary and complex

orthopaedic care is

undertaken here that cannot

appropriately take place at

either the base hospitals or

the elective centres.

This activity is (mostly)

commissioned by NHS

England with a national

catchment area and would

be fulfilled by the Royal

National Orthopaedic

Hospital NHS Trust (RNOH)

in Stanmore.

This super specialist work

does not form part of this

review.

The overarching principle of this proposed model of care is that orthopaedic surgeons would

remain employed by their existing base hospital and move with their elective surgical

inpatient commitments to the elective centre with a job-plan of programmed activities

covering both elective and emergency care.

Base hospitals would continue to work with their local MSK services to take referrals through

established primary and community care routes (GP practices, other single points of access,

first contact practitioners and referral management centres).

Patients would be treated at the proposed elective centres by the consultant overseeing their

care. This would be expected to be within the 18-week referral to treatment window using

the agreed NHS protocols and arrangements for transfer.

Expected benefits

We believe that services overseen by a single network for orthopaedic care, delivered from

two dedicated state-of-the-art planned orthopaedic surgical centres, would deliver the

best care for orthopaedic patients:

Page 11: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

11

Providing the right number of dedicated (ring-fenced) beds for elective (planned)

orthopaedics to meet the need for NHS-funded care would ensure that cancellations for

non-medical reasons would be virtually eliminated, and capacity could be well-

managed, so that maximum use could be made of available resources, resulting in

shorter waiting times

Our new centres would improve patient outcomes and ensure that all patients who

attend these centres would receive high-quality care and support. The centres

would focus on meeting the needs of patients with vulnerabilities and people who

sometimes find services hard to navigate

The proposals would foster a culture of openness and transparency between all

participating organisations, facilitating multidisciplinary team working focusing on

continuous quality improvement

The additional capacity would also enable us to future-proof our services as our

population ages and demand for orthopaedic services increases

The Partnership for Orthopaedic Excellence: North London would support a model where

patients have part of their care at their local (base) hospital, including outpatient and

follow-up appointments and day surgery, with surgery which requires an overnight stay

taking place at dedicated elective orthopaedic inpatient facilities

Freeing-up beds and theatres would also improve the experience for emergency

patients and the proposed separation of emergency and planned care supports the

North London Partners in Health and Care urgent and emergency care strategy

Efficiencies as a natural consequence of these improvements would offer better value

for money. The Getting It Right First Time (GIRFT)5 programme reports that 75% of

trusts from its 2015 review have renegotiated the costs of implants and rationalised their

use, and there remain opportunities for further rationalisation as a result of the proposed

new model of care

For staff, working in a state-of-the-art facility would improve morale and support

recruitment and retention. Networked and partnership working would improve training

opportunities for newly-qualified staff across all disciplines and their development

The centres would also support research and innovation, so that patients would have

access to research trials which would contribute to improved quality of care and

outcomes.

1.4. Governance

The NCL adult elective orthopaedic services review has a clear governance structure in

which the north central London Joint Commissioning Committee (NCL JCC) is the decision-

making body for the pre-consultation business case and will decide whether to proceed to

consultation.

The commissioning-led governance framework which underpins these adult elective

orthopaedic care proposals was established following agreement from the NCL JCC in

January 2019. The NCL JCC is a joint committee of the CCGs under s.14Z of the NHS Act

5 Getting It Right First Time (GIRFT) is an NHS improvement programme designed to improve the quality of care within the

NHS by reducing unwarranted variations.

Page 12: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

12

2006. All five of the CCGs’ governing bodies approved the proposals to establish the NCL

JCC and agreed its terms of reference.

Should the programme proceed to consultation and, following the outcome of that

consultation, the next stage of decision-making will be to discuss the Decision-Making

Business Case (DMBC). This will be taken by the North Central London CCG (a merged

organisation of the five NCL CCGs which is expected to come into being on 1 April 2020)6. It

will take forward and support any required implementation plans as part of its support to a

north central London integrated care system.

Before January 2019, a review group of NCL provider representatives, patients and clinical

commissioners, oversaw wider engagement around a draft case for change and creation of

key design principles, developing a culture of common purpose, collaboration and quality

improvement.

The NCL JCC is advised by a programme board for the adult elective orthopaedic services

review which oversees programme delivery to:

Make collective recommendations to the NCL JCC

Connect local organisation-based accountability structures with the review

Consider and champion the interests of the public, patients, carers and staff

Provide feedback on elements of the plan

Provide a forum where political and public engagement could be considered and

reviewed.

1.5. Stakeholder7 engagement

A robust approach to engagement has been at the core of the adult elective orthopaedic

review from the outset with local residents, patients and staff fully involved in shaping the

outcome of the review. Engagement work undertaken is laid out in section 7.

Public and patient engagement has informed the planning process from its earliest stages

and this would continue through 2020 and into future planning phases, a potential public

consultation, transition and the next stage of service delivery.

1.5.1. Overall aim for involvement and consultation

The overall aim of our stakeholder engagement has been to implement best practice

involvement to influence and support our plans during 2019 and onwards, and to embed

sustainable involvement for future engagement of staff, residents, patients and carers in

developing the proposal.

To define the scope of the proposed consultation, the programme board signed-off a

consultation mandate on 16 September 2019. It stated that:

The five CCGs in NCL (Barnet, Camden, Enfield, Haringey and Islington) in

partnership with NHS providers, intend to consult on the future configuration of adult

elective orthopaedic care. Our proposals are to create a single network, overseeing

two partnerships of NHS providers, which will result in some changes to where

patients have surgery.

6 Further information on the approval to merge can be found here. 7 Stakeholders refers to staff, public, patients, health and wellbeing boards, overview and scrutiny committees and voluntary

sector organisations, among others.

Page 13: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

13

Working through North London Partners in health and care, we would like to

understand the views of past, current and prospective patients and carers of adult

elective orthopaedic services, staff and stakeholders.

Our aim is that, by April 2020, when the consultation has closed and feedback has

been evaluated, we will understand the impact of the proposals and be able to

review, improve or amend them, to achieve better access and outcomes for patients

of adult elective orthopaedic care in NCL.

The aim of our consultation exercise is to understand the views of stakeholders (including

the public, current and future service-users and staff) to our proposals for the future model of

Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services in north central London.

We would be consulting people on:

How they view the proposal and the way in which it might affect them

Their views on the service model we are proposing, and the ways in which it might

affect them

What matters most to patients and how this might affect implementation

The wider implications of the proposed change – and any unintended consequences.

Following the consultation period, we would provide an evaluation of the responses,

produced by an independent organisation (Participate Ltd). Future decision-making and

plans would be informed by feedback on the issues laid out above and influence the next

steps of the programme and how our plans would be implemented.

Our consultation documents would lay out our proposals clearly, explaining the thinking

behind them, how we arrived at them in light of the engagement already undertaken and

how people could feedback on them. The document would contain a questionnaire for

structured feedback, alongside quantitative responses. It would also give information about

other ways to feedback and engage in the process. A full consultation plan is being

developed collaboratively; a summary of which is provided in section 7.

1.5.2. Local authority scrutiny

CCGs are under a duty to consult with the local authority about any proposals for a

substantial development or variation of service. Therefore, in line with scrutiny regulations,

the North Central London Joint Health Overview and Scrutiny Committee (JHOSC) is leading

a joint scrutiny process for these proposals.

The lead member for health and social care (or committee lead) and the directors of adult

social services in Barnet, Camden, Enfield, Haringey and Islington have been regularly

briefed about the proposals during their development and their input sought.

1.6. Options appraisal

The process of assessing and selecting a preferred option is an important step before a

public consultation and we have involved our stakeholders, clinicians, patients and residents

fully.

The proposals were developed in an innovative, collaborative way between the providers of

health services in north central London. A number of steps have happened along the way

which have narrowed the number of options that could be considered and led to the

proposed service model which is planned to be being put forward for consultation.

Page 14: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

14

Drawing on feedback from commissioners, clinicians, providers, patients and residents and

other stakeholders, and a series of clinical design workshops, a number of clinical design

principles were developed for the new service and agreed by the NCL JCC in December

2018.

As a direct consequence of the clinical design principles, in January 2019 the NCL JCC

agreed that because of the interdependencies with other services – particularly emergency

care and the need to provide high dependency support – that planned orthopaedic services

should remain within the NHS by way of variations to existing annual contracts.

In May 2019, the NCL JCC then agreed a clinical delivery model for the new service based

on the clinical design principles which had already been agreed. This set out a number of

tests which had to be met, these were:

The provider must already be a provider of planned orthopaedic surgery

The dedicated operating theatres and supporting facilities for orthopaedic care must

be located on a site operated by members of North London Partners in Health and

Care

The option must demonstrate a favourable income and expenditure impact for the

system after two years of operation

Each of the five eligible NHS organisations in north central London was invited to put forward

options that would meet these requirements. In putting forward proposals, providers

themselves discounted some remaining options.

Providers were able to submit proposals to become a base hospital, an elective centre, or

both. The invitation set out the ambition for a system-wide partnership approach to

delivering services rather than establishing a competitive process in which providers

compete with each other to deliver services.

The deadline for proposals was noon on 5 July 2019, and two joint proposals were received

from:

North Middlesex University Hospital NHS Trust and The Royal Free London NHS

Foundation Trust

University College London Hospitals NHS Foundation Trust and Whittington Health

NHS Trust.

The Royal National Orthopaedic Hospital chose not to submit a proposal to be a local

elective centre. It would continue in its role as a super specialist centre providing local and

national tertiary care and would be a key partner in developing local services.

Through a rigorous options appraisal process, a panel of patients and residents, healthcare

professionals and commissioners judged the two partnerships put forward to deliver care as

meeting the criteria and to be better than what is currently available.

The scoring of the non-financial criteria was carried out by a panel consisting of patients,

residents and clinical commissioners. Following the options appraisal process, a

collaborative system-wide sense check took place with provider trusts, patients, residents

and commissioners to ensure that there were no unintended consequences arising from the

preferred option.

The outcome of the options appraisal and system-wide sense check were informally

reported to the NCL JCC and key stakeholders prior to presentation to the London Clinical

Senate for review.

Page 15: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

15

1.7. Preferred model of care

The preferred model of care would create a single adult elective orthopaedic service for

patients and staff across the whole of NCL, overseen by a clinical network.

Figure 1: The locations for orthopaedic care in north central London under our proposals

Table 2: Detail of the preferred model of care

North Middlesex University Hospital NHS Trust/The Royal Free London NHS Foundation Trust partnership

University College London Hospitals NHS Foundation Trust/Whittington Health NHS Trust partnership

Partnership for Orthopaedic Excellence: North London

Creates a quality improvement framework delivering a standardised approach to pre-assessment, post-operative procedures and protocols, joint school and patient education.

Providers in the partnership

A partnership between the North Middlesex University Hospital NHS Trust and The Royal Free London NHS Foundation Trust – the ‘northern partnership’

A partnership between University College London Hospitals NHS Foundation Trust and Whittington Health NHS Trust – the ‘southern partnership’

Inpatient elective orthopaedic surgery

A change: all inpatient orthopaedic

care would take place at an elective

orthopaedic centre on the Chase

Farm site.

Approximate annual number of

patients impacted by the changes:

A change: all inpatient

orthopaedic care would take

place in an elective orthopaedic

centre specialising in inpatient

care at UCLH’s new building on

Tottenham Court Road (known

at the moment as phase 4).

Page 16: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

16

North Middlesex University Hospital NHS Trust/The Royal Free London NHS Foundation Trust partnership

University College London Hospitals NHS Foundation Trust/Whittington Health NHS Trust partnership

400 inpatients who currently use

the North Middlesex would in the

future have their surgery at

Chase Farm Hospital

225 patients referred to the

RNOH for non-specialist care

could be suitable for treatment in

the elective centres

Up to 560 patients a year currently treated in the private sector would over time have their treatment in the NHS.

Approximate annual number

of patients impacted by the

changes:

360 inpatients a year who

use the Whittington would in

future have their surgery at

UCLH

75 patients referred to the

RNOH for non-specialist care

could be suitable for

treatment in the elective

centres

Up to 40 patients a year

currently treated in the

private sector would over

time have their treatment in

the NHS.

Day-case

elective

orthopaedic

surgery

A change: In local NHS

organisations day surgery would

continue to take place at both at

North Middlesex and Chase Farm

hospitals.

Approximate annual number of

patients impacted by the changes:

Up to 1,020 patients a year

currently treated in the private

sector would over time have their

treatment in the NHS as part of

the new model of care.

A change: as part of the

partnership approach, the

Whittington would become a

centre specialising in day-case

orthopaedic surgery, with some

day-case surgery moving from

UCLH to Whittington Health.

Approximate annual number

of patients impacted by the

changes:

Approximately 360 day-

cases would move from

UCLH and have their surgery

at Whittington Health

Day-surgery would also

continue to be carried out at

UCLH

80 patients currently treated

in the private sector would

over time have their

treatment in the NHS as part

of the new model of care.

Pre-operative and post-operative

No change: patients would continue to be seen at the three Royal Free hospital sites and North Middlesex

No change: patients would be seen at UCLH and Whittington Health both pre- and post-operatively.

Page 17: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

17

North Middlesex University Hospital NHS Trust/The Royal Free London NHS Foundation Trust partnership

University College London Hospitals NHS Foundation Trust/Whittington Health NHS Trust partnership

outpatient care.

hospital both pre- and post-operatively.

Pre-operative and post-operative outpatient care

No change: patients would continue to be seen at the three Royal Free hospital sites and North Middlesex hospital both pre- and post-operatively.

No change: patients would be seen at UCLH and Whittington Health both pre- and post-operatively.

Trauma – emergency orthopaedic care

No change: would continue to take place as now at both the North Middlesex, Royal Free and Barnet hospital sites.

No change: would continue to take place as now at both UCLH and Whittington Health hospitals.

Table 3: Benefits of the preferred model

Improved clinical outcomes including reduced cancellations, decreased waiting

times, reduced infection rates, decreased revisions and readmissions.

At-scale orthopaedic surgery at dedicated facilities would deliver consistently excellent

clinical intervention across end-to-end pathways. There would also be a focus on patients

with vulnerabilities. Patients would have access to high dependency or intensive care

units for those who need additional care after their surgery, plus rehabilitation support for

patients after their surgery.

Increased research activity

Bringing the collective research elements together and supporting the development of all

clinical staff would strengthen research capabilities in the wider NCL orthopaedic network

for the continued improvement of orthopaedic care.

Increased staff satisfaction

The development of innovation into the workforce through the introduction of new roles

and effective ways of working would provide excellent opportunities for learning and

development via rotational programmes.

Increased patient satisfaction

Patient satisfaction would be increased by providing diagnostics and outpatient care in

local hospitals that are familiar to our patients. The inclusion of care co-ordinators in the

model would ensure a seamless transition along the pathway, a benefit especially to

those patients who have vulnerabilities.

Reduced patient time wasted

Page 18: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

18

The physical separation of elective and non-elective care would eliminate the pressures of

high emergency demand on theatres and wards, which means patients would have their

surgery on the day that it is planned and reduce waiting times.

Improved clinical education

The preferred model would provide an opportunity for students from across many different

professions to experience a collaborative delivery model within orthopaedics, achieve

competencies and develop knowledge, through a combination of class-based sessions,

online education, simulation training as well as clinically based sessions.

Long-term commissioning strategy for orthopaedics

Create a strategy and the long-term capacity, delivering all NHS-commissioned care as

part of a single model as set out in this pre-consultation business case. The proposed

new service model would be delivered solely by NHS providers and, following the

proposed public consultation, there may need to be consequential contractual changes

with private sector providers to reflect the changed commissioning strategy for

orthopaedics.

Major trauma services are out of the scope of this model and would continue to be

delivered via existing designated sites (St Mary’s Hospital in Paddington and at The Royal

London Hospital in Whitechapel).

Spinal surgery is also not included within the planned scope of an elective orthopaedic

centre, although a base hospital which is also an elective centre could manage their own

spinal activity through the elective centre.

Additionally, the Royal National Orthopaedic Hospital care for only those tertiary and

complex patients that cannot be appropriately cared for in local or elective hospitals. This

super specialist work does not form part of this review.

1.8 Financial impact

The Clinical Delivery Model approved at the 2 May 2019 Joint Commissioning Committee

(JCC) defined high-level financial principles to support reconfiguration of adult elective

orthopaedic services in north central London.

An initial financial assessment was made alongside the options appraisal process in July

2019, which demonstrated that the two options that had been submitted should have, at

least, a net neutral financial impact on the health economy, and the short-term costs of

introducing the proposed changes would be managed internally within the sector without

affecting the viability of the trusts involved.

A group that has included finance directors of all the trusts involved, together with

commissioners, has been considering the financial impact of the proposals on the whole

health economy and on the individual trusts. The group looked at the financial impact at both

the point when the proposals are fully implemented and during the implementation period.

Each of the trusts has considered the future cost of the service based on a set of common

assumptions and prudent assumptions regarding efficiency gains and interim costs. This has

been compared to the current level of expenditure and a counterfactual (a projection of how

finances would appear if the proposals were not to go ahead).

Page 19: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

19

The analysis undertaken to date currently shows that in the medium term there would be

savings from the economies of scale and better use of available capacity, but that in the

short term there would be some stranded and transition costs8. The savings would be

sufficient to offset the additional costs by the second year of operation. Once fully

implemented in 2023-24, the proposal would show a financial gain to the health economy of

£1.18m per annum when compared to the counterfactual. The financial analysis would be

refined as work progresses in support of the proposed service changes.

The gains would be greatest in the North Middlesex University Hospital NHS Trust/The

Royal Free London NHS Foundation Trust partnership where an elective centre is already in

operation at Chase Farm Hospital, thereby reducing the likely transition costs and operating

costs. Also, in this partnership, the elective centre would allow for a more efficient use of

capacity which would be used to treat patients currently treated in the private sector. Once

fully implemented the proposal would, by 2023-24, contribute a positive contribution of £677k

a year.

In the University College London Hospitals NHS Foundation Trust/Whittington Health NHS

Trust partnership, inpatient elective care would transfer into a new facility, part of UCLH,

currently under construction (referred to as the Phase 4 development). The elective centre

would be a new service in a new building and therefore likely to attract higher operating

costs and transitional costs in the interim. In addition, it is anticipated that there would be

stranded costs at Whittington Health that would take time to fully absorb. As a consequence,

there would be a net cost of the proposal in the interim years before the service is fully

implemented. However, once this period is over, the service in this partnership would, by

2023-24, make a positive contribution to the health economy of £502k a year.

Table 4: Summaries of financial impact of proposals by partnership and year in comparison

to the counterfactual

£000 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 2023-24 Total

Northern partnership 0 (79) 228 540 677 1,366

Southern partnership 0 (696) (170) 423 502 59

Total 0 (775) 58 963 1,179 1,425

There would be a further financial benefit to the health economy (but neutral to the NHS as a

whole) resulting from the contribution of the Royal National Orthopaedic Hospital (RNOH).

The trust currently turns away some referrals that in future could be treated by the trust if it

made use of capacity in the elective centres.

This financial analysis has been done at a sufficient level of detail to demonstrate a proof of

concept. Subject to consultation, this analysis would need to be repeated in more depth,

post-consultation and prior to making a final decision to proceed. At that time one or more

formal agreements would need to be put in place between the trusts to ensure that losses

and gains across the health economy are smoothed out, ensuring that no trust’s financial

viability would be impacted by these proposals.

8 Stranded costs arise when costs incurred in providing capacity cannot be fully recovered out of future income because the

capacity is under-utilised.

Page 20: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

20

Progress has been made in the STP to agree principles that cover economy-wide initiatives

and, by agreeing a memorandum of understanding, commit each trust to enter into formal

agreements in the future. A copy of this MOU is included at Appendix D.

1.9 Assurance

1.9.1. The Secretary of State’s four tests

The 2014/15 mandate from the Secretary of State to NHS England outlined that any

proposed service changes by NHS organisations should be able to demonstrate evidence to

meet four tests before they could proceed. The adult elective orthopaedic services review

has met these four tests in the following ways to date:

Strong public and patient engagement: robust stakeholder engagement has been at the

heart of the adult elective orthopaedic review from the outset. Patients, residents, clinical

staff, commissioners, GPs, local authority and third sector partners have worked in

partnership to design a model of care that works for everyone. The options appraisal scoring

panel had equal representation from local residents, engagement on the draft case for

change received hundreds of individual pieces of feedback and resident representatives

have been part of our programme board. Patients, residents and other stakeholders have

continued working in many of the programme’s workstreams, including patient input into a

further workshop on transport and access, resident involvement in consultation planning and

the delivery of a full public consultation in the future.

Patient choice: the proposed model of care is consistent with the NHS approach to patient

choice. In north central London we currently deliver planned adult orthopaedic services for

NHS patients from 10 separate NHS and private sector sites. Under our proposals, patients

would continue to have a choice of care providers both inside and outside north central

London. The clinical delivery model ensures that referrals would continue to be made to

base hospitals, with pre- and post-operative care managed locally. Surgeons from the base

hospital would carry out inpatient surgery at the proposed elective centres. Commissioners

and providers would continue to work together at a system-level to ensure that networks and

pathways are developed to improve how patients access elective orthopaedic care services;

how clinicians and staff would deliver those services; and how, by integrating research with

service delivery, this would create a huge benefit for clinical outcomes.

Clinical evidence base: The case for change sets out the evidence on which the proposals

are based. Drawing on local and global examples of best practice and building on the

evidence, such as GIRFT’s national review of adult elective orthopaedic services in

England9, we have considered how pathways could be redesigned, to address local needs

and maximise opportunities. As described in section 11.3, the London Clinical Senate

reviewed our proposals and confirmed that the proposal has a clear case for change, is

based on national best practice and has considered local issues. Additional clinical

advice and guidance has been provided to support the development of proposed

consultation documentation.

Support from clinical commissioners: NCL commissioners have supported the

development of our proposals in principle and subject to consultation. The NCL JCC has

been fully informed and significantly involved in the development of these proposals:

At its meeting on 1 February 2018, commissioners signed off the mandate for the

adult elective orthopaedic services review

9 A national review of adult elective orthopaedic services in England, Getting It Right First Time

Page 21: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

21

At its meeting on 6 December 2018, commissioners approved the design principles

for a new proposed model of care and received the feedback from the engagement

on the draft case for change

At its meeting on 3 January 2019, commissioners approved the overarching timeline,

revised governance and accepted the recommendation around final contract form

At its meeting on 2 May 2019, the NCL JCC agreed the clinical delivery model and

options appraisal process.

1.9.2. NHS England’s bed closures test

From 1 April 2017, NHS England introduced a new test to evaluate the impact of any

proposal that includes a significant number of bed closures. There is no intention for a

significant change to the occupancy of beds associated with this programme. We anticipate

an increase in the number of beds available to planned adult orthopaedic services

associated with additional activity attracted by RNOH and a general growth in demand. The

trusts estimate that:

Across North Middlesex and Chase Farm Hospitals, approximately 47 beds are

currently used for elective orthopaedic surgery. By 2023-24 this would increase to 52

beds at Chase Farm Hospital

Across UCLH and Whittington Health hospitals approximately 21 beds are currently

used. By 2023 this would increase to 27 at UCLH.

1.9.3. The Mayor of London’s six tests

The King’s Fund and Nuffield Trust published a report10 in September 2017 recommending

greater city-wide leadership to successfully support the implementation of the five NHS

Sustainability and Transformation Plans (STPs) for London. In response, the Mayor of

London developed a six-test framework for major hospital reconfiguration. To enable the

Mayor to give support for individual reconfigurations, each proposal is required to specify

how it meets the requirements of each test. As part of our assurance process we have met

with the Mayor’s health policy team for initial discussions and guidance. We are confident

that our proposal and processes meet the criteria set out in the tests, which will be tested by

the Mayor’s health team during the proposed public consultation (tests 1 to 4); and following

its conclusion (tests 5 and 6).

1.10 Decision-making and next steps

In order to proceed to public consultation, the process requires approval from the NCL JCC

who will review this pre-consultation business case and the response from the London

Clinical Senate.

However, to give an indicative timeline, the programme expects the following milestones for

this process. These may be subject to change.

9 January 2020 – Joint Commissioning Committee of the five NCL CCGs to be

asked to (i) approve the pre-consultation business case and (ii) consider the decision

to move to a public consultation

13 January 2020 Public consultation starts (12 weeks)

6 April 2020 Consultation finishes (subject to the volume and content of

responses)

10 Sustainability and transformation plans in London, an independent analysis of the October 2016 STPs

(completed in March 2017)

Page 22: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

22

April/May 2020 Following consultation, all responses from members of the public

and local organisations would be independently evaluated and a draft report

produced.

Timescales for post-consultation decision-making, subject to the volume and content of

responses received:

May 2020 Stakeholders would have the opportunity to comment on the draft report

of the consultation evaluation together with the review of the equalities impact

assessment

June 2020 The evaluation of responses, feedback from stakeholders and impact

assessments would be shared with the Joint Health Overview and Scrutiny

Committee (JHOSC)

June 2020 A decision-making business case (DMBC) would be developed

outlining the recommended decision as a result of the consultation evaluation, impact

assessments and feedback from the JHOSC

June/July 2020 The final DMBC presented to NCL CCG for decision (TBC).

July to November 2020 - Assurance of implementation plans and trust internal

governance processes.

2. Introduction

NHS organisations and residents across north central London have been working in

partnership to co-design the future of planned adult orthopaedic services. This process has

put patients and clinicians at the heart of our planning, developing a model for future adult

elective orthopaedic services that works for patients, their families, staff and clinicians.

At the moment, elective (planned) orthopaedic surgery can be hard to access, waiting times

are too long and vary between providers. Services and patients’ experiences are

inconsistent across NCL, planned operations can be cancelled, especially during the winter

months, and outcomes could be better.

Our vision is to develop a single network across north central London with two dedicated,

state-of-the-art orthopaedic elective surgical centres and local, convenient outpatient and

day surgery facilities. The specialist centres would be separated from existing emergency

departments and co-located with high-dependency units (HDU), with the size and scale to

enable a full elective orthopaedic service staffed by doctors, nurses and specialists who are

in the right place at the right time.

Emergency and trauma orthopaedic care would be maintained at local hospital trusts,

freeing-up beds and theatres for planned operations, resulting in efficiencies as a natural

consequence of these improvements and offering better value for money.

2.1. Pre-Consultation Business Case overview

North London Partners in Health and Care is representing clinical commissioning groups in

Barnet, Camden, Enfield, Haringey and Islington and working together with NHS England

specialised commissioning, hospital and community trusts, to develop a new and improved

planned adult orthopaedic service which:

Has dedicated beds for inpatient orthopaedic surgery

Has improved and consistently high standards of pre- and post-operative care (with

pre-operative assessment, patient education and post-operative care)

Provides day surgery at high-quality centres

Page 23: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

23

Gives patients access to excellent care from clinicians who would receive the best

education and training.

This PCBC sets out the proposal to reorganise orthopaedic surgery (surgery of hips, knees

and other joints and bones) that currently takes place at 10 NHS and private sector sites in

north central London:

It does not cover:

Major trauma services which would continue to be delivered at existing designated

sites (St Mary’s Hospital in Paddington and at The Royal London Hospital in

Whitechapel)

Spinal surgery

Paediatric orthopaedic surgery

Services provided by the Royal National Orthopaedic Hospital which undertakes

surgery only for those tertiary and complex procedures on patients that cannot be

appropriately cared for in local or elective hospitals.

The PCBC informs a public consultation on the preferred option, scheduled take place

between December 2019 and March 2020 in advance of the development of a decision-

making business case.

Parties involved in PCBC development

Robust stakeholder engagement has been at the heart of the adult elective orthopaedic

review from the outset. Patients, residents, clinical staff, commissioners, GPs, local authority

and third sector partners have worked in partnership to develop the PCBC, including:

The local CCGs (and lead commissioning CCGs):

o Barnet CCG

o Camden CCG

o Enfield CCG

o Haringey CCG

o Islington CCG

NHS hospital providers:

o North Middlesex University NHS Foundation Trust Hospital

o The Royal Free London NHS Foundation Trust

o The Royal National Orthopaedic Hospital NHS Trust

o University College Hospital London NHS Foundation Trust

o Whittington Health NHS Trust

NHS England specialised commissioning London

Local authorities, including through the NCL Joint Health Oversight and Scrutiny

Committee (JHOSC), as set out in section 7 – Stakeholder engagement

We have also involved key stakeholders such as NHS East and North Hertfordshire

CCG, Herts Valley CCG, East London Health and Care partnership and North West

London Collaboration of CCGs and are keeping them informed.

3. Context

This section sets the background of the current healthcare challenges faced both

nationally and in north central London in elective orthopaedic care; how services are

currently commissioned and provided in the area, and how North London Partners in

Health and Care propose to meet these challenges.

Page 24: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

24

3.1. What is planned orthopaedic surgery?

Orthopaedic surgery treats damage to bones, joints, ligaments, tendons, muscles and

nerves (the musculoskeletal system). Patients may be referred to an orthopaedic surgeon for

a long-term condition that has developed over many years, such as osteoarthritis or other

non-emergency damage.

Surgery, such as hip and knee replacements, is the most common orthopaedic surgery

offered in the NHS. However, other surgery of hips, knees, shoulders, elbows, feet, ankles

and hands also falls under this heading.

Planned surgery is when patients have an appointment booked in advance. It is planned

treatment, following a referral to hospital by a GP and an assessment by specialists. It is

sometimes called ‘elective’ or ‘non-emergency’ care.

3.2 National context

Now is a time of change for the NHS as the system adapts to the opportunities and

challenges of the NHS Long Term Plan (LTP). The issues faced by the NHS are well

documented: funding, staffing, increasing inequalities and pressures from a growing and

ageing population have all been highlighted as key areas of concern. National evidence has

played a significant role in informing our plans for the future of orthopaedic services,

especially the NHS Getting It Right First Time (GIRFT) programme – which aims to help to

improve quality of care within the NHS by reducing unwarranted variations, bringing

efficiencies and improving patient outcomes.

Evidence set out in both the Long Term Plan and evaluation of national orthopaedic practice

by GIRFT, has identified innovation and best practice strategies that have the potential to

reduce unwarranted variation and improve patient outcomes for elective secondary care

orthopaedic services. These initiatives are set out in section 4.1. National and international

impetus for change.

3.3 Regional context (orthopaedic care in north central London)

There are five CCGs in north central London – Barnet, Camden, Enfield, Haringey and

Islington – each coterminous with their local London borough and in total serving a total

population of approximately 1.5 million.

Over the next 10 years, the population of London is expected to increase by 9%. By 2028,

the 65 years and over age group is expected to increase by 18% to 200,000 people, of

whom 37,000 would be 85 years and over.

While older people are the fastest growing segment of the population, in total numbers this

age group would remain the second smallest in 2020, after children aged up to four years

old.11

Table 5: Population growth over 10 years (2018-2028)

Age group Increase within age group 2018-28

Number %age increase

CYP 300,000 11%

>65 200,000 18%

11 Source: Population Projections Unit, Office for National Statistics, 2012

Page 25: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

25

>85 37,000 25%

ALL 800,000 9%

Demographic pressures

An ageing population has an impact on health services as people are more likely to access

services when they are older. This is particularly so for elective orthopaedics due to the

prevalence of age-related conditions, affecting people’s hips and knees and a higher

prevalence of falls. To understand the impact of demographic growth on health services

fully, it is important to understand the age profile of patients accessing a particular service.

By examining this, it is possible to gain an understanding of the demographic pressure on

the service – as opposed to just the demographic growth of the population.

3.4 North London Partners in Health and Care: working together for

better health and care (NCL STP)

North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations

from the five London boroughs of Barnet, Camden, Enfield, Haringey and Islington, working

together to improve the health of local people through the sustainability and transformation

partnership (STP).

The partnership includes:

Barnet, Camden, Enfield, Haringey and Islington CCGs

Barnet, Camden, Enfield, Haringey and Islington councils

Barnet, Enfield and Haringey Mental Health NHS Trust

Barnet Federated GPs CIC

Camden and Islington NHS Foundation Trust

Camden Health Evolution, known as CHE GP Federation

Central and North West London NHS Foundation Trust

Central London Community Healthcare NHS Trust

Enfield GP Federation

Federated4Health (The Pan Haringey GP Federation)

Great Ormond Street Hospital NHS Foundation Trust

Haverstock Healthcare, Federation of Camden GP practices

Islington GP Federation

Moorfields Eye Hospital NHS Foundation Trust

North Middlesex University Hospital NHS Foundation Trust

The Royal Free London NHS Foundation Trust

The Royal National Orthopaedic Hospital NHS Trust

The Tavistock and Portman NHS Foundation Trust

University College London Hospitals NHS Foundation Trust

Whittington Health NHS Trust.

Planned care is a core component of the NCL STP plan, published in 2017. The planned

care workstream focuses on reducing variation, improving patient outcomes and experience

through the development of consistent safe and effective patient pathways. The adult

elective orthopaedic programme sits within the planned care workstream, on improving

planned surgical orthopaedic care.

Page 26: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

26

Across north central London, work has been progressing with partners to develop new ways

of working with the aim of having the greatest positive impact for the health and lives of north

central London residents.

To simplify the system, have greater impact and deliver better services, collective plans are

in development to introduce an integrated care system (ICS). This would move to health and

social care planning services together to meet the needs local populations and individuals

rather than acting as individual organisations. A north central London ICS would be

supported by one north central London CCG in place of the existing five CCGs, which would

work together to reduce health inequalities through borough-based integration of services,

increasing the focus on residents, communities and prevention.

This ambition is closely aligned with the NHS Long Term Plan. In developing a response to

the LTP, the NCL system is refreshing its own plans in areas which need strengthening or

additional focus. The adult elective orthopaedic programme remains a priority as part of the

NCL response to the LTP, and many of the other ambitions and clinical priorities set out in its

response are already being progressed or are a logical next step for its current partnership

programmes of work, for example:

Integrated networks based around 30,000 to 50,000 population through the NCL

Health and Care Closer to Home programme.

Simplification of urgent and emergency care system across NCL

Proposed radical transformation of planned care and outpatients

A strong focus on workforce and digital as drivers for, and enablers of, change.

Specifically, initial scoping has begun to identify how the adult elective orthopaedic review

could align to other existing programmes that are already working to improve digital

capability across the system. This includes working in collaboration with the NCL digital

strategy, the Once for London project and the NCL diagnostics programme. Through the

NCL Orthopaedic Clinical Network, additional work would take place to define data sets and

agree clinical information sharing protocols. Some aspect of digital enhancement would be

taken forward by the individual trusts, based on existing local systems and digital

capabilities.

The NCL health system has an underlying deficit of £200m a year and work is underway to

develop a medium-term financial plan. This would outline the work needed to support the

financial sustainability of the health service and include a plan across several years to

reduce and remove costs through a set of collective actions across all partners.

3.5 Current delivery of planned (elective) orthopaedic services

NHS-funded adult elective orthopaedic surgery in north central London is delivered at 10

NHS and private sector sites:

North Middlesex University Hospital NHS Trust

Royal Free London NHS Foundation Trust London (Royal Free Hospital)

Royal Free London NHS Foundation Trust London (Chase Farm Hospital)

Royal National Orthopaedic Hospital NHS Trust (Stanmore site)

University College London Hospitals NHS Foundation Trust (University College

London Hospital)

University College London Hospitals NHS Foundation Trust (National Hospital for

Neurology and Neurosurgery)

Whittington Health NHS Trust

Page 27: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

27

The Cavell Hospital (BMI Healthcare)

Highgate Private Hospital (Aspen)

The Kings Oak Hospital (BMI Healthcare).

Figure 2: Location of current NHS-funded elective orthopaedic surgery sites in NCL

3.6 Proposal development

There has been continued development of the proposed changes since the programme was

formally initiated in February 2018. This has included work on pre-consultation activities,

stakeholder engagement and options development, as well as scoping work before the

formal initiation of the programme. Further detail of the options development is set out in

section 8 – Options appraisal process.

The NCL adult elective orthopaedic services review was established in 2018 to look at the

opportunities and potential options. This review process was split into seven phases:

1. Set up and planning for the review (February to July 2018)

2. Early public and stakeholder engagement (summer and autumn 2018)

3. Engagement and co-design with orthopaedic service providers on the clinical model

(summer and autumn 2018)

4. Reflection on inputs from the engagement phase and finalising proposed service

model (October 2018 to May 2019)

5. Call for submissions of options and options appraisal process (May to July 2019)

6. Development of a pre-consultation business case (April to November 2019)

7. NHS Assurance process (September to November 2019).

Throughout these phases, patients, residents, staff, clinicians and local stakeholders have

been involved and engaged on the proposals, helping to shape them.

This document sets out in detail the development of this proposal and how a preferred option

has been developed.

Page 28: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

28

This section sets out our refreshed case for change. The original NCL draft case for

change,12 published in August 2018, set out the rationale and evidence for changing the way

planned adult orthopaedic services could be delivered in the future in the best interests of

patients.

The refreshed clinical case for change builds on national, regional and local evidence

supporting the need for change, and validates the proposition that by separating elective

orthopaedic and trauma services and by providing elective intervention from a smaller

number of specialist centres, major benefits could be delivered for NCL residents.

Improving adult elective orthopaedic services is a complex and challenging task. Local

challenges, together with national and international evidence, provide a unique opportunity to

create innovative, sustainable services that deliver the best possible elective orthopaedic

care, experience and outcomes for patients.13 The refreshed clinical case for change

focuses on two key themes:

The national impetus for change

The north central London context.

4.1. National and international impetus for change

A number of national and international best practice policy and evaluation documents have

been published that provide supporting evidence that care quality and efficiency benefits are

optimised by consolidating and ring-fencing high volume surgical and orthopaedic elective

care and co-locating them with appropriate clinical support services and infrastructure.14

Table 6: Policy and documentary evidence supporting change

Policy/best practice

document

Evidence supporting change

A national review of adult elective orthopaedic services in England Getting It Right First Time

(GIRFT 2015).

Higher volumes of surgical activity lead to better patient

outcomes.

Clinical advantages of dedicated beds are well

documented and include reduced infection rates, shorter

length of stay and fewer cancellations.

GIRFT is piloting separating

trauma and planned surgery

and ring-fencing

orthopaedic services in

eight national sites.

United Lincolnshire Hospitals NHS Trust (April 2018 to December 2018)

Reduced length of stay from 3.6 to 2.5 days

Reduced cancellation rates (decrease from 32% to 3%)

Reduced infection rates

Reduced waiting times

12 North London Partners in Health and Care Case for Change: Adult elective orthopaedic services - draft for feedback.

http://www.northlondonpartners.org.uk/ourplan/Areas-of-work/Ortho-service-review/ 13 A National Review of Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services in England (2015) http://gettingitrightfirsttime.co.uk/surgical-specialty/orthopaedic-surgery/ 14 Briggs Tim, Hurd Rob (2017) Review of Elective Orthopaedics in North Central London – opportunities for improving quality,

productivity and efficiencies.

4 Case for change

Page 29: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

29

Policy/best practice

document

Evidence supporting change

Increased capacity of emergency beds making A&E more efficient.

Gloucester Hospitals NHS Trust

(six-month trial to May 2018)

Increase in the volume of elective activity (14%)

Reduction in the number of patients cancelled in the week prior and on the day (50%)

Trauma cancellations down from an average of eight per week to three per week

Length of stay reductions for all hip replacement (5.2 to 4.49 days) and all knee replacements (4.7 to 4.4 days)

Number of A&E breaches attributable to trauma and orthopaedics down from average of eight per week to one per week.

East Kent Hospitals University NHS Foundation

Trust.

(Comparison November to March 2017/18 and

November to March 2018/19)

Increase in productivity (30%)

Royal Cornwall Hospitals NHS Trust (April 2018 to April 2019)

Increase in activity (37%)

Reduction in backlog (19%)

Reduction in 52 week waits to zero

Separating emergency and surgical care: recommendations for practice

Royal College of Surgeons (2007)

Separating elective care from emergency pressures through the use of dedicated beds, theatres and staff can, if well planned, resourced and managed, reduce cancellations, achieve more predictable workflow, provide excellent training opportunities, increase senior supervision of complex/emergency cases, and therefore improve the quality of care delivered to patients.

Hospital-acquired infections could be reduced by providing protected elective wards and avoiding admissions from the emergency department and transfers from within/outside the hospital.

Reconfiguration of clinical services: what is the evidence?

The King’s Fund (2014)

Separating elective surgical workload could improve efficiency and avoid cancellations However, the efficiency gains could be affected by patient case-mix and demand.

Page 30: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

30

Policy/best practice

document

Evidence supporting change

Separation may improve the quality of care due to the more predictable workflow and increased senior supervision of complex cases.

Patients could be willing to choose a more distant provider to receive higher-quality or faster care.

International Society of

Orthopaedic Centers

The International Society of Orthopaedic Centers (ISOC) facilitates the exchange of ideas and best practices among the premier specialty orthopaedic institutions in the world and collaborates on patient care, education, and research-based programs to advance improvements in orthopaedic care on a global scale.

The organisation defines a centre of orthopaedic excellence as:

A dedicated orthopaedic specialty hospital or a

large department within a hospital

Performs more than 5,000 orthopaedic procedures

each year

Has an orthopaedic staff of more than 20 surgeons

who collectively publish more than five annual

articles in peer-reviewed publications

Conducts and exhibit a commitment to basic and

clinical research, and

Functions as or within an academic centre (i.e.

there must be orthopaedic residents or fellows in

training).

Examining new options and opportunities for providers of NHS care.

The Dalton Review (2014)

Alternative organisational models help drive improvements in the quality of NHS services the report highlights the importance of execution in turning potential gains into real benefit.

There are several joint ventures in place in the NHS with this type of reconfiguration primarily implemented where critical mass enables the effective delivery of clinical standards or performance targets, such as in elective orthopaedics.

South West London Elective Orthopaedic Centre is highlighted as a model of good practice. Some of the outstanding features of the elective orthopaedic centre have been enabled by its status as a joint venture, which, crucially, has separated the activity of the centre from that of its member trusts, allowing them to plan care strategically and without disruption from other services. Major benefits of this separation have been the ability to standardise patient care pathways, pool clinical excellence and make sizeable savings on procurement.

Page 31: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

31

Policy/best practice

document

Evidence supporting change

NHS Long Term Plan NHS England (2019)

Separating urgent care from planned services could make it easier for hospital trusts to run efficient surgical services. Ring fenced capacity from cold (elective) sites reduce the risk of operations being postponed. Complex urgent care delivered from hot (emergency) sites improve trauma assessment, access to specialist care and ensure patients get the right expertise at the right time.

4.2. The north central London context: Why we need to change

More than 1.5 million people live in north central London and this is expected to rise.

Increasing numbers of people have one or more long-term conditions, and lifestyle risk

factors are growing as are patient expectations resulting in increasing demand for

healthcare.

Demand for planned orthopaedics is predicted to increase due to increasing incidence of

age-related conditions affecting joints and bones (particularly hips and knees), the impact of

lifestyle factors including obesity, and more people having falls.

Improving planned adult orthopaedic services is a complex task. Local challenges, together

with national and international evidence and national policy, provide a unique opportunity to

create innovative, sustainable services that deliver the best possible elective orthopaedic

experience and outcomes for patients.15

We currently deliver planned adult orthopaedic services for NHS patients from 10 separate

NHS and private sector sites in north central London. While many of these services are of

good quality, we know there is unwarranted variation in the quality of care we are able to

offer.

We know that:

Waiting lists are too long

Cancellations are common and emergency care is prioritised over planned care

More patients would need orthopaedic care in the future.

We also know from our review of evidence that consolidating services onto fewer sites

improves quality outcomes.

Evidence shows us that:

Care is improved when emergency and planned care are separated

More operations in one place results in better outcomes for patients

Separating planned and emergency care leads to lower infection rates.

While there are many areas of good practice in elective orthopaedic care in NCL, the current

system does not fully realise opportunities to deliver the best possible care for patients.

15 A National Review of Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services in England (2015) http://gettingitrightfirsttime.co.uk/surgical-specialty/orthopaedic-surgery/

Page 32: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

32

Evidence from the UK and around the world shows that doing surgery in operating theatres

which only do orthopaedics, means better quality of care for patients. We believe that by

organising services in this way, we would be able to improve care and help more patients

before, during and after their operation.

The proposed changes could affect anyone living in the five NCL five boroughs (and a small

number in neighbouring areas) who needs orthopaedic surgery in the future.

4.3. Providing sustainable services that are fit for the future

4.3.1. Addressing rising demand for services

Nationally, demand for orthopaedic services is rapidly rising with referrals increasing above

the rate expected from demographic change alone.16 An ageing population, the impact of

obesity on joint and bone health, and the positive impact on quality of life provided by

surgery, have all been identified as key drivers in demand.17

Despite redesign of MSK pathways in primary care (see section 4.3.2) to support self-

management and alternative evidence-based interventions, demand for planned adult

orthopaedic services is predicted to grow in the next 10 years, with underlying demand

forecast to increase by an average of 1.5% per year in north central London. This equates to

an additional 2,149 procedures between 2017 and 2029, a rise of 17.5%.18

Changes being introduced to the MSK pathway are expected to reduce demand by around

1,000 procedures over the next five years.

The net increase in activity is therefore forecast to be 1,148 procedures (9.5%). Figure 3

demonstrates the scale and pace of demand for elective orthopaedic procedures across

NCL.

Figure 3: Predicted demand for NCL planned adult orthopaedic services 2017 to 202619

16 GIRFT (2015) - A national review of adult elective orthopaedic services in England 17 American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons (2015) Position Statement: Impact of Obesity on Bone and Joint Health 18 Modelling carried out by the NCL Orthopaedic Review April 2019 19 These are estimated figures used purely to demonstrate the possible trajectory of change.

Page 33: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

33

4.3.2. NCL musculoskeletal improvement plans

The proposals in this PCBC are focused on changes in configuration of planned adult

orthopaedic services in NCL. It is recognised that these sit within the context of other work to

improve MSK pathways in the area, and that the proposed changes in planned adult

orthopaedic care would complement other improvement plans described in this section.

Pathways in and out of orthopaedic surgical services are often fragmented and difficult for

patients to navigate. The traditional route into elective orthopaedic care is through

musculoskeletal (MSK) services20. Historically across NCL there has been a piecemeal

approach to the commissioning and design of MSK services with each CCG having variable

access and service provision.

To address this, and in line with the recommendations from NHS England’s elective care

transformation programme,21 many of the CCGs and providers in north central London have

developed MSK improvement plans to achieve more consistent access and better quality

care. The plans consist of a number of strategic and locally-led programmes that aim to:

Support development of end-to-end pathways that ensure patients receive timely

access to the right treatment at the right time

Develop services in the best interests of patients that improve patient experience and

outcomes

Work towards the implementation of system-wide models of care that reduce

unwarranted variation.

Key to these improvement plans would be the opportunity to learn and scale-up pockets of

innovative practice from north central London. The London Clinical Senate review panel

recognise that further development of the pathway is needed, which “includes clarity

regarding triage; admission; High Dependency Unit beds; and rehabilitation as well as

consideration to the role of care navigators/ co-ordinators throughout the system”. These are

being addressed through the MSK improvement plans across NCL.

MSK improvement plans are delivered across three system levels (as set out in in figure 4):

System-wide across NCL

Multi-borough across multiple locations

Locally initiatives that are borough-based.

20 Musculoskeletal conditions’ is a broad term, encompassing around 200 different conditions affecting the muscles, joints and

skeleton. Around 10 million adults, and around 12,000 children, have a musculoskeletal condition in England today. 21 NHS England Transforming Musculoskeletal and Elective Orthopaedic Services: A handbook for local health and care

systems

Page 34: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

34

Figure 4: NCL MSK improvement structure

System-wide across NCL

Orthopaedic clinical network

The development of the NCL adult elective orthopaedic services review has created a

culture of collaboration to link different aspects of the orthopaedic quality improvement

programme together under a single clinical orthopaedic network, the Partnership for

Orthopaedic Excellence: North London. The network aims to facilitate integration and drive

consistent, high quality care across NCL. The scope and remit of the network is set out in

section 5.2.

Transformation of outpatient services

In line with the ambition set out in the NHS LTP, NCL is responding to the challenge of

reducing face-to-face outpatient appointments by 30%.

The overarching aim of the NCL outpatient transformation programme is to ensure patients

have a better experience of care, access to more flexible and convenient advice and

treatment and more opportunity to take greater control of their health.

To support the programme, provider services were tasked to develop innovative solutions to

trial in 2019/20 and onwards. Initial proposals included strategies to reduce inappropriate

first and follow-up appointments for orthopaedic services. The programme is at a very early

stage, and further work would be undertaken to develop the plans further.

NCL specialist pain network

The specialist pain network is a multidisciplinary collaborative network established in 2014

by the pain management departments at the Royal National Orthopaedic Hospital NHS Trust

and the Royal Free London NHS Foundation Trust.

Over time, the network has evolved and expanded and now also includes University College

London Hospital NHS Foundation Trust, Whittington Health NHS Trust and North Middlesex

Page 35: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

35

University NHS Foundation Trust. All trusts have signed up to overarching principles that aim

to improve patient experience and care quality.

The network aims to:

Standardise patient pathways across NCL

Develop sector-wide clinical recommendations and standards

Create a multidisciplinary forum for sharing collective knowledge, experience and

best practice

Provide an opportunity for professional education and development

Collaborate on workforce planning, workforce projections

Identify and review of opportunities for service development and service expansion.

The network meets every six months biannually with mechanisms in place to share

information and support the development of common working practices between meetings.

The network has successfully:

Streamlined triage processes to ensure patients receive the right treatment at the

right time

Introduced mechanisms to ensure patients could access the right clinical expertise as

rapidly as possible

Created an NCL-wide quality improvement structure for pain management.

Multi-borough across multiple locations

Single point of access for MSK services

Camden MSK Service

Established in 2017, the Camden MSK service integrates a full range of MSK services,

including assessment, diagnosis, treatment, advice, education and care planning. The

service is led by University College London Hospital NHS Foundation Trust, in

partnership with the Royal Free London NHS Foundation Trust, Connect Health,

Camden’s GP federations (Haverstock Healthcare and CHE) and Central and North

West London NHS Foundation Trust and InHealth Diagnostics.

The service provides access to community and acute MSK services and diagnostics. All

referrals are triaged by advanced practitioner physiotherapists (APP) who are

specialist MSK clinicians via a single point of access (SPA). Services accessed through

the SPA and triage system include MSK physiotherapy, MSK podiatry, the specialist

Clinical Assessment and Treatment Service (CATS), community diagnostics, as well as

acute care, rheumatology, orthopaedics, pain and diagnostics.

The 2018/19 service report highlights between April 2018 and July 2019:

o Camden MSK processed almost 32,000 referrals via the SPA

o Almost 13,000 referrals received a specialist clinical triage

o Waiting times for CATS appointments reduced by nine weeks, decreasing

from 11 to two weeks

o Waiting times for the Camden pain service decreased by seven weeks falling

from 12 to five weeks

o Waiting times for specialist consultant pain management review fell by five

weeks, down from 23 to 18 weeks

o Did not attend (DNA) rates for Camden pain team decreased by 6% to 13%

o DNA rates in CATS decreased by 5%, from 11% to 7%.

Page 36: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

36

Haringey and Islington single point of access

In January 2018, a pilot MSK SPA started in Haringey and Islington. The programme

was led by Whittington Health MSK services and was developed in partnership with

Haringey and Islington CCGs.

Referrals are triaged by advanced practice physiotherapists and patients are directed

into MSK physiotherapy, MSK podiatry services or the specialist MSK CATS (delivered

by MSK APPs). The referrals are also triaged directly into hospital-based pain clinics,

trauma and orthopaedics (not including fracture clinic) or rheumatology clinics at the

hospital of patient’s choice as appropriate.

The project aims to reduce inappropriate referrals to secondary care for trauma and

orthopaedic, rheumatology and pain management services and ensure patients are seen

in the right place first time. Initial audit data suggested this redirection might equate to

20% of patients. Evaluation of the 11-month pilot demonstrated a third of referrals (34%)

were diverted to more appropriate community, primary care support services or self-

management with fewer than 9% of those patients requiring onward referral to hospital-

based services at the one-year follow-up point. The programme was fully implemented

across both boroughs in July 2019 and evaluation is ongoing.

Borough-based local initiatives

First Contact Practitioner programme

Work has begun to improve early access to MSK services through the implementation of

the national early intervention MSK First Contact Practitioner (FCP) programme.

The programme aims to improve early access to MSK intervention and advice. This is

achieved by enabling patients to self-refer to local physiotherapy services based in GP

practices.

National data suggests FCPs22 can:

Improve access to MSK care

Provide longer more in-depth appointments

Reduce waiting times

Reduce referrals to other NHS departments

Provide higher quality care

Reduce inappropriate prescribing

Upskill GPs in MSK conditions

Result in cost-savings.

In 2018/19, through the NCL STP planned care workstream, two six-month pilots were

set up through national NHSE funding streams in Barnet and Enfield GP practices.

Provisional data showed:

67% of patients were seen only once by MSK services

There was a 1.6% reduction on referrals to secondary care compared to the

previous year

There was a 6% decrease in investigations

Telephone review at six months indicated continued behavioural change and a

reduction in the need for medication

22 NHS England/Improvement, Elective Care High Impact Interventions: First Contact Practitioner for MSK services

Page 37: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

37

Patients had a positive experience with 96% likely to recommend the service to

friends and family.

Following the pilots, four FCP posts have been substantively funded in Enfield. These posts

would form the building blocks to the longer-term aim of establishing FCPs in all localities,

developing a single point of access and creating a self-referral online/telephone triage

service for physiotherapy. NCL would develop learnings and best practice models from

these pilots, with a view to ensuring the learning is applied consistently throughout NCL.

The FCP programme is due to be expanded across NCL from April 2020 through the

evolving national Primary Care Networks (PCNs) programme. PCNs would facilitate the

provision of proactive, personalised, co-ordinated and integrated health and social care

through better access to a wider range of health professionals, including FCPs, in primary

care. Additional funding would support implementation with 70% of the cost of FCP posts

provided by NHSE in 2020/21.

Pain management

Following recognition that patients with persistent pain frequently experienced difficulty

accessing services, frequently waiting up to four months for assessment, Enfield CCG, in

partnership with Barnet, Enfield and Haringey NHS Mental Health Trust, has commissioned

a new community chronic pain service.

Begun in May 2019, the services build on the existing community physiotherapy service,

utilising the already established single point of access. A range of patients would be able to

access the services, a high proportion of which would be MSK patients. A multidisciplinary

approach to management includes medical consultants trained in chronic or acute pain

medicine, nurses, physiotherapists and psychologists.

Patients are offered options including one-to-one treatment, consultant review, joint

physiotherapy and psychology sessions, supported self-management intervention including

signposting patients to self-help resources and support groups.

Initial data from August 2019 indicates more than double the number of anticipated referrals

were received. Only 2% of referrals accepted were referred on to secondary care with 98%

of patients managed within the pain management service.

Discharge to Assess programme

The national Discharge to Assess (D2A) programme is a collaboration between health and

social care which seeks to ensure patients who are medically fit for discharge could access

timely and appropriate needs-based social support and community care.

It has four distinct pathways, with implementation locally-led and with flexibility to focus on

different clinical areas. In September 2019, a 12-month pilot was launched to include non-

weight bearing orthopaedic patients in Barnet’s D2A pathways. The learning from this

initiative would be shared across NCL and would enable the D2A team during

implementation to build a seamless pathway for elective orthopaedic patients.

Page 38: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

38

4.4. Delivering adult elective orthopaedic services that meet the diverse

needs of the NCL population.

To ensure North London Partners in Health and Care has fully considered the potential

impacts on the nine characteristics protected under the Equality Act 201023, a three-stage

assessment process to develop an integrated health inequalities and equality impact

assessment (HIEIA) to support decision making is under way. This process would ensure

that any decisions made would advance equality and ensure fairness by removing barriers,

engaging patients and community – and deliver high quality care.

Stage 1 (complete) – A rapid scoping report which identified potentially impacted

groups and informed pre-engagement activities in summer/autumn 2018. The

findings from this assessment have been made publicly available24

Stage 2 (to be delivered before consultation begins) – Looking explicitly at the

impact of the proposed model of care and proposed sites, this integrated health

inequalities and equality impact assessment uses the stage 1 report as a building

block, rather than repeating the existing analysis

Stage 3 (to be delivered post-consultation) – A revised and final integrated HIEIA,

updated to reflect the results of the public consultation.

The objectives of the stage 1 assessment were to:

Identify which (if any) of the protected characteristics groups could be affected by the

proposals due to their propensity to require different types of health services

Set out how the core constituent public sector health organisations are fulfilling their

Public Sector Equality Duty (PSED)

Provide recommendations on ways in which positive impacts could be maximised

and ways in which to mitigate or minimise any adverse effects.

In developing the stage 1 assessment, data from other programmes looking at elective

orthopaedic services in other parts of the country were evaluated as part of the assessment.

Data reviewed included:

Strategic Health Asset Planning and Evaluation (SHAPE)

Local joint strategic needs assessments

London Observatory data

Local insight work

London Data

EDS2 documents across each CCG (where available)

Equality impact assessments from Our Healthier South East London which draw on

relevant national research from NHS England and the British Orthopaedic

Association.

The stage 1 assessment enabled the programme to:

Identify positive and negative impacts for the population to underpin service

reconfiguration

Identify which protected characteristic groups could be affected by the proposals due

to their propensity to require different types of health services

Develop strategies to maximise the positive impact and mitigate or minimise any

adverse effects.

23Equality Act (2010) http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2010/15/pdfs/ukpga_20100015_en.pdf 24 Verve Communications: Initial equalities assessment: desk top analysis (2018)

Page 39: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

39

A number of groups were identified as being at increased risk of needing planned

orthopaedic services, and therefore would be included in any potential future engagement or

consultation. The characteristics most affected include:

Age: those who are over 65 years-old

Disability: people with learning disabilities

Gender: women

Gender reassignment: people who have undergone gender reassignment

Ethnicity and race: those from the Caucasian population and black and minority ethnic

backgrounds

Socio-economic status: deprivation.

The report:

Examined the demand for elective orthopaedics services by each protected

characteristic group and identify groups for engagement throughout the review

process

Identified existing health inequalities, access barriers and equality issues to be

considered

Identified groups who share one or more protected characteristics and might have a

higher need for orthopaedic services and may be impacted more by a change in the

delivery of service

Provided recommendations about key groups that may be targeted if there is a need

for consultation

Provided advice on equalities questions for inclusion for any potential public

consultation.

The assessment recommended the following areas of focus that might highlight variation in

access, quality and outcomes relevant to equalities during a consultation process:

Location of rehabilitation services

Liaison between community care services and planned care centres

How planned care centres could meet the requirements of people with specific

complex needs

The location and access of services

The design of services monitoring and feedback.

The social demographic analysis demonstrates the difference in population groups across

the five boroughs represented by the NLP. For example, Barnet and Enfield have a higher

population density of older people and carers, while Camden and Islington have a higher

population density of people with long-term disability or who suffer deprivation.

The assessment also recommended focusing consultation activities on certain groups in

specific areas according to the trends identified in the report. The full report can be found in

appendix C.

In developing the clinical delivery model, features were introduced or enhanced to take into

consideration the needs of particular groups which had been identified through the

assessment and pre-consultation activities.

Page 40: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

40

4.4.1. Age

A major driver of demand for elective orthopaedic services is advancing age. Across NCL,

the number of people aged 65 and over is projected to increase by 34.5% by 2030, three

times greater than other age groups25. This would significantly impact on the need for

planned adult orthopaedic services in the future.

11 per cent (179,435) of the NCL population is over 65 years of age, an increase of

32% since 2010.

Barnet has the highest proportion of residents aged over 75; almost three times as

many as Islington which had the lowest proportion of older people.26

Those aged 85 and over equate to 1.5% (23,940) of the total NCL population and

has grown by 28% since 2010.27 This is significantly less than the English average of

15% and 2% of the population respectively.

4.4.2. Disability

People with learning disabilities have an increased prevalence of osteoporosis and lower

bone density than the general population. Contributory factors include lack of weight-bearing

exercise, delayed puberty, entering menopause at an earlier-than-average age for women,

malnutrition, obesity and use of anti-epilepsy medication28. The prevalence of people with

learning disabilities in NCL is 0.36%, slightly lower than the English average of 0.48%.

The proposed delivery model includes a number of mechanisms to support patients with

vulnerabilities, including early care planning, the ability of carers and relatives to stay

throughout the admission, care co-ordinators to help people with learning difficulties navigate

the system, and organising joined-up care that meets individual needs.

4.4.3. Gender

Nearly half the NCL population is female (49%). Women are at higher risk of requiring

orthopaedic services due to living longer and the subsequent risk of osteoporosis, hormonal

changes related to menopause, incidence of specific conditions such as Lupus, and

exposure to specific medications such as those prescribed to treat breast cancer29.

Older women are likely to be a key user of planned orthopaedic services and a high

proportion could be impacted by any proposed changes to services. Significant engagement

with this patient population has identified challenges, including increased travel times and

coordination of care. These are being addressed in the evolving delivery model and options

appraisal.

4.4.4. Gender reassignment

Information on the number of people undergoing gender reassignment is limited. There is

evidence that people who have undergone gender reassignment treatment have a

disproportionate need for orthopaedic services due to hormone treatment which can affect

bone density.30 As any proposed new services emerge, there would be local links to

25 Verve Communications: Initial equalities assessment: desk top analysis (2018) 26 Verve Communications: Initial equalities assessment: desk top analysis (2018) 27 Public Health Profiles 28 Emerson, E. et al. (2012): Health inequalities & people with learning disabilities in the UK 29 What Breast Cancer Survivors Need To Know About Osteoporosis National Institutes of Health Osteoporosis and Related

Bone Diseases National Resource Center (2018) 30 Verve Communications: Initial equalities assessment: desk top analysis (2018)

Page 41: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

41

specialist organisations to help raise awareness and facilitate access to early support and

self-help.

4.4.5. Ethnicity and race

NCL has a diverse population with a black and minority ethnic (BAME) population of 36%

and a Caucasian population of 64%. This is significantly different from the average of 13%

and 87% respectively in England.

The number of BAME people across NCL is expected to increase slightly from 37% in 2012

to 38% in 2020, with the biggest increases forecast for Barnet and Enfield. Additionally, the

fastest growing ethnic communities across NCL are the Chinese and Other group followed

by Black Other and Asian groups. Overall, around a quarter of people in NCL do not speak

English as their main language.

Levels of ethnic diversity vary across NCL boroughs, ranging from 32% of people in Islington

from a BAME group to 42% in Enfield. The largest such communities in NCL are Turkish,

Irish, Polish and Asian (Indian and Bangladeshi). There are also high numbers of people

from Black Caribbean and African communities, especially in Enfield and Haringey. The

number of people from BAME communities is much greater in younger age groups.

Health needs across different communities are variable, for example those of Caucasian

origin are at higher risk of osteoporosis due to bone density,31 while there is a greater risk of

diabetes, stroke or renal disease for some BAME people compared to White English people.

Additionally, people from some communities, including Black Caribbean, African and Irish,

use more hospital services, and people of BAME backgrounds are more likely to undergo

surgery when disease is more advanced, indicating potential issues over access to services.

However, it should also be noted the proportion of the Black and African population

undergoing orthopaedic surgery is less than anticipated. Although this is partially explained

by risk, further examination is required to identify any specific factors that would improve

access to services.

All of which presents challenges, both in addressing potentially new and complex health

needs and delivering accessible healthcare services. Designing services that ensure all

patients could access the right treatment at the right time is paramount to improving access,

outcome and experience of the entire NCL population.

4.4.6. Socio-economic status

Deprivation is associated with greater need of elective orthopaedic surgery.32 People from

lower socio-economic backgrounds tend to have more severe disease, have suffered with

arthritis for longer by the time they undergo surgery, and are more likely to stay in hospital

for longer.33 The prevalence, among people who suffer from deprivation, of malnutrition,

obesity and pre-existing health conditions such as diabetes, have all been cited as risk

factors.34

The prevalence of deprivation across NCL is varied35. With the exception of Barnet, all

boroughs have index of multiple deprivation scores significantly above the average for

England. Developing mechanisms to address the complex and multiple needs of this

31 Verve Communications: Initial equalities assessment: desk top analysis (2018) 32 Hollowell et al 2010: Major elective joint replacement surgery: socioeconomic variations in surgical risk, postoperative morbidity and length of stay, Journal of Evaluation in Clinical Practice. 33 Arthritis Research UK 2012: Socio-demographic factors influence timing of joint replacement surgery 34 Public Health England (2014): Adult obesity and type 2 diabetes 35 Source: IMD 2015 by LSOA, ONS release

Page 42: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

42

vulnerable group is key to improving access to services and delivering joined-up care.

Including care co-ordinators in the delivery model would help patients with vulnerabilities to

access the most appropriate health and social care intervention, improving experience and

outcomes.

Table 7: Deprivation index scores36 37

England Barnet Camden Enfield Haringey Islington

Deprivation Score

21.8 17.8 25 27 31 32.5

Using the indices of multiple deprivation, the following map highlights areas of high levels of

multiple deprivation with Islington and Haringey experiencing the most. Deprivation impacts

life expectancy, for example, in areas of higher deprivation in Enfield, men live 8.7 years

less, and women live 8.6 years less than in more affluent areas.

Figure 5: Areas of deprivation in NCL

36 Deprivation indices are a measure of the level of deprivation in an area 37 Public Health Profiles

Page 43: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

43

4.4.7. Addressing associated risk factors

Parity of esteem for mental health conditions

Poor mental health and other psychiatric disorders are associated with poorer outcomes

following elective orthopaedic surgery, as well as negative effects on mortality, morbidity and

patient satisfaction.38

The prevalence of poor mental health is varied across NCL. The incidence of severe mental

health conditions, and the number of people with anxiety and depression accessing social

care, is significantly higher across all five NCL boroughs that the England average. The rate

of long-term mental health conditions and anxiety and depression is higher in Camden and

Islington that national prevalence rates.

Care co-ordinator posts are part of the proposed delivery model and would play a pivotal role

in ensuring individuals with complex mental health needs have access to appropriate health

and social care support. The proposed elective centres would have protocols for inpatients

and would provide additional specialist mental health support for patients undergoing

surgery.

Table 8: Incidence of mental health39

England Barnet Camden Enfield Haringey Islington

Incidence of severe mental health

0.94 1.05 1.46 1.1 1.34 1.53

Rates of depression and anxiety

13.7 11.9 15.2 11 13.4 18.8

Incidence of individuals with anxiety and depression using social care

54.4 57.2 59.1 56.6 55.3 58.3

Prevalence of long-term mental health conditions

5.7 4.4 6 4.2 5.5 7.1

Incidence of dementia in individuals over 65

4.33

4.99 5.37 5.22 4.02 4.82

Weight management

Being overweight or obese is increasingly prevalent amongst patients with orthopaedic

conditions. Obesity has been shown to contribute to soft tissue damage, with its impact

especially related to osteoarthritis of the hip and knee joints.40 Individuals with obesity are 20

times more likely to need a knee replacement than those who are not overweight. Obesity

also has an adverse impact on surgical outcome results and complication rates including

higher rates of infection and prosthesis.

38 Mental health is a consideration in patients undergoing planned orthopaedic surgery 2019 Orthopaedics Today 39 Public Health Profiles 40 American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons (2015) Position Statement: Impact of Obesity on Bone and Joint Health

Page 44: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

44

In NCL 52% of the population are overweight or obese. Rates vary across NCL but were

predominately lower than the national average with the exception of Barnet. World Health

Organisation modelling based on current trends, predicts UK rates would increase to 69% of

the population by 2030 putting additional strain on health care resources.41

The national drive to embed first contact practitioners in primary health care networks would

facilitate early advice and self-management including signposting to appropriate support

services such as weight management services and dietetics.

Table 9: Prevalence – overweight and obesity in NCL42

England Barnet Camden Enfield Haringey Islington

Percentage of population who are overweight and obese

61% 61% 53% 61% 50% 53%

Smoking and orthopaedic conditions

Smoking has been associated with decreased bone mass at the hip, lumbar spine,

calcaneus and forearm and a 43% increased risk of developing osteoporosis.43 44 Smoking is

also associated with poorer outcomes after surgery including poor wound healing, infection

and less satisfactory final outcomes.45 The percentage of the NCL population who smoke is

higher or in line with the national average.

Increasing the utilisation of first contact practitioners in primary health care networks to

deliver pre-surgery education programmes would support signpost to smoking cessation

services.

Table 10: Smoking rates across NCL46

England Barnet Camden Enfield Haringey Islington

Percentage of population who smoke

14.9% 17.3% 16.4% 14.9% 15.6% 20.1%

Prevalence of musculoskeletal (MSK) conditions

The most common reason for joint replacement is osteoarthritis or rheumatoid arthritis.

Occurrence of MSK disorders as a whole in NCL is 25% less than the national average

(17%) equating to just under 13%. Incidence of osteoarthritis and rheumatoid arthritis are in

line with national prevalence data.

41 Breda J, et al. WHO projections in adults to 2030. Presented at: European Congress on Obesity; May 6-9, 2015; Prague. 42 Public Health Profiles. https://fingertips.phe.org.uk 43 Ward KD, Klesges RC. A meta-analysis of the effects of cigarette smoking on bone mineral density. Calcified Tissue International 2001; 68(5):259-270. 44 Costenbader KH, Feskanich D, Mandl LA, Karlson EW. Smoking intensity, duration, and cessation, and the risk of rheumatoid arthritis in women. American Journal of Medicine 2006; 119(6):503-509 45 Surgery and Smoking America Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons 46 Public Health Profiles

Page 45: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

45

The rollout of first contact practitioners in across primary health care networks would ensure

patients with MSK conditions could access early advice to support self-management and

reduce unnecessary surgical intervention.

Table 11: Prevalence of MSK disorders in NCL47

England Barnet Camden Enfield Haringey Islington

Prevalence of all MSK disorders

17% 13.2% 11.3% 14.5% 12.9% 11.3%

Prevalence of hip osteoarthritis

10.9% 10.3% 10.4% 10.6% 10.6% 10.1%

Incidence of knee osteoarthritis

17% 16.3% 16.3% 17.6% 17.1% 16.2%

Prevalence of rheumatoid arthritis

0.75% 0.49% 0.44% 0.56% 0.48% 0.49%

4.5. Transport and travel impact assessment

To ensure that the programme gives adequate consideration to transport and travel impact,

Mott MacDonald was commissioned to undertake a travel and access impact assessment.

The purpose of this assessment is to identify and assess impacts on travel and access for

the local community as a result of the option for change. This assessment focusses on the

travel and access impacts for patients, visitors, staff and local equality patient groups and

sits alongside the equality impact assessment.

The aim of the travel and access assessment is to explore the positive and negative

consequences of the change to the commissioning of elective orthopaedic services and

produce a set of evidence based, practical recommendations. These recommendations can

then be used by decision-makers to maximise the positive impacts and minimise any

negative impacts of the proposed change.

It is important to note that the principal purpose of this impact assessment is not to

determine the decision about proceeding with the change; rather to assist decision-makers

by giving them better information on how best they can promote and protect the wellbeing of

the local communities they serve.

A summary of the findings will be included in the consultation document with the full report

available on the consultation website.

4.6. Improving patient outcomes and experience

There is variation in a number of quality and performance indicators across north central

London. In some areas there is substantial deviation from national parameters. Our aim is

not to focus on variation between NCL organisations but to concentrate on the NCL picture

as a whole to support our rationale for change.

As the Royal National Orthopaedic Hospital NHS Trust provides super specialist intervention

and would not deliver the elective orthopaedic care within the scope of the review, its data

47 Public Health Profiles

Page 46: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

46

has not been included in the information below. The data sets include data from North

Middlesex University NHS Trust, Royal Free Hospital NHS Foundation Trust, University

College London Hospital NHS Foundation Trust and Whittington Health NHS Trust.

4.6.1 Waiting times

The NHS Constitution48 sets out the principles and values of the NHS in England. It specifies

patients have the right to access certain services commissioned by NHS bodies within

maximum waiting times, or for the NHS to take all reasonable steps to offer a range of

suitable alternative providers if this is not possible.

For orthopaedic surgery, patients should wait no longer than 18 weeks from GP referral to

treatment. Referral to treatment (RTT) data is nationally monitored and reported monthly.

As of January 2019, over 10,500 NCL residents were waiting for planned orthopaedic

surgery. Between January 2018 and January 2019, the number of patients awaiting surgery

increased by 24% rising by over 2,200 patients (figure 6).

Figure 6: Patients waiting for elective orthopaedic surgery January 2018 to January 2019

On average between January 2018 and January 2019, 79% of NCL patients began

treatment within the target of 18 weeks, well below the national standard of 92%, as well as

the English (83%) and London averages (82%) for the same period. Figure 7 demonstrates

system-wide performance over 13 months.

Annual average performance varied considerably between trusts ranging from 71% and 94%

but dropping to as low as 65% in some organisations with pressures especially acute in the

winter months.49

48 NHS Constitution 49 Data from NCL Clinical Commissioning Groups

Page 47: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

47

Figure 7: NCL waiting times January 2018 to January 2019 compared to English and London

performance

Between January 2018 and January 2019, the number of patients who waited more than 18

weeks to begin treatment rose by 74% from 1425 to 2477. In the same period, the number of

patients who waited over 52 weeks for surgery increased from two patients to 36 patients.

Figure 8: Patients waiting over 52 weeks for surgery between January 2018 and January

2019

4.6.2 Cancellations

Cancellation of surgery can cause distress for patients, relatives and carers. Operations are frequently cancelled at short notice, mainly due to emergency workload pressures taking priority. Some cancellations are unavoidable, such as late presentation of clinical issue resulting in patients not being fit for surgery.

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

70%

80%

90%

100%

Jan-18 Feb-18 Mar-18 Apr-18 May-18 Jun-18 Jul-18 Aug-18 Sep-18 Oct-18 Nov-18 Dec-18 Jan-19

Performance Performance Standard (92%) England London

2 35

8

3 4

1 2

11 12

1820

36

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

Page 48: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

48

In 2018/19 across NCL there were 530 cancellations, equating to 10 cancellations a week,

over one per day. Data indicates 96% of procedures were cancelled on the day surgery was

planned.50

4.6.3 Length of stay

The benefits of reducing length of stay for patients are widely recognised. Reducing the risk

of acquiring hospital associated infections, preventing deconditioning, decreasing likelihood

of patient harm, and reducing functional decline have all been identified as the benefits of

timely patient discharge.51 For NHS organisations, there is the added value of improved

patient flows and reductions in unwarranted costs.52

Across NCL there is variation in a number of length of stay parameters with some

organisations performing better than the English average in a number of areas.27 Table 12

summarises length of stay. Data highlights:

Three NCL organisations exceeding expectations in terms of the proportion of day

cases undertaken as part of elective services compared to the English national

average

More patients than expected staying fewer than two days in two organisations

compared to the English average

Higher total length of stay than the English average in two out of four organisations

Higher number than expected of patients staying up to six days in one organisation

compared to the English average

Number of patients receiving surgery on the day of admission higher than the English

national average in three organisations.

Table 12: Length of stay following orthopaedic surgery

50 Data provided from each trust 51 Model Hospital data July 2019 52 NHS Improvement Guide to Reducing Long Hospitals Stays (2018)

Length of stay

parameter

North central

London Range National

Percentage of day

cases to elective

activity

68.5% 53% to 91% 58%

Average length of stay

(six-month rolling) 3.5 days 2.5 to 4.3 days 3.2 days

Elective admissions

with a length of stay

between one and two

days.

41% 20% to 59% 43%

Elective admissions

with a length of stay

fewer than six days.

12.5% 8% to 20% 8.2%

Length of stay greater

than six days 29% 13 to 39% 35%

Page 49: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

49

4.6.4 Infection rates

Surgical site infection (SSI) is a type of healthcare-associated infection in which a surgical

incision site becomes infected after a surgical procedure. It is related to significant morbidity

and mortality if left untreated. Other surgery-related infections include postoperative

respiratory and urinary tract infections, infections secondary to wound sepsis, diarrhoea

related to antibiotics.

SSIs are monitored annually by Public Health England. The expectation is that less than 1%

for orthopaedic procedures would result in SSI.53 Infection rates vary across NCL, with one

organisation having an infection rate above 1% for hip replacement, knee replacement and

repair of fractured neck of femur. Infection rates ranged from 0 to 1.6%.54

4.6.5 Emergency readmissions following surgery

Readmissions to hospital within 30 days of an elective procedure is a marker of quality.

While average NCL readmission rates are above the national average for hip elective

surgery, there is variation between providers with some organisations achieving scores

below the national average.

Table 13: Emergency readmission following orthopaedic surgery55

4.6.6 Revisions

A small proportion of patients require emergency surgical revision following surgery.

Revision rates are a standard quality indicator. Data indicates:

Across NCL, revision rates in the first year after a procedure were marginally higher

than the national average for both hip and knee replacements.

Two trusts had higher rates than expected for knee replacements procedures.

53 NICE Quality Standards Surgical Site Infection (2013) https://www.nice.org.uk/guidance/qs49/chapter

/introduction 54 Public Health England Surveillance of surgical site infections April 2017 to March 2018 55 Model Hospital data July 2019

Length of stay greater

than 20 days

1% 0 to 1% 0.86%

Surgery on day of

admission

94.8% 87% to 98% 97.4%

Readmission

parameter

North central

London Range National

Emergency

readmission

secondary to hip

replacement

7.4% 3.5% to 12.2% 5.5%

Emergency

readmission

secondary to knee

replacement

2.5% 0% to 6.5% 6%

Page 50: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

50

Three trusts had higher than average rates for hip replacements.

The inconsistency in revision rates across NCL, together with higher than average nationally

benchmarked outcomes, demonstrates quality of care could be improved.

Table 14: Revisions up to one year after orthopaedic surgery56

4.6.7 Patient reported outcome measures

Patient-reported outcome measures (PROMS) assess the quality of care provided from a

patient’s perspective. All patients undergoing NHS-funded hip or knee replacement are

asked to complete questionnaires before and after surgery to self-rate improvements in their

health improvements.57

The four patient reported measures used are:

EQ-5DTM index which combines five questions about health and quality of life

domains (usual activities, self-care, anxiety/depression, pain/discomfort, and mobility)

into an overarching measure of general self-reported health

EQ-VAS which is a single-item thermometer-style measure which asks patients to

rate their general health at the time of completion

The Oxford Hip Score and the Oxford Knee Score are closely related 12-item

questionnaires which combine questions about the patient’s specific condition and its

impact on their quality of life into a single measure.

Across NCL, with the exception of the EQ-5DTM for knee surgery, average PROM scores

were lower than the national average for England. Outcome scores varied between

providers, highlighting the opportunity to improve outcomes and consistency across NCL as

a whole.

Table 15: Nationally reported PROMs for elective orthopaedic surgery

Measure North central

London average Range England average

Oxford hip (all

procedures) 20.3 18 to 21.4 22.2

EQ-5DTM hip 0.42 0.4 to 0.47 0.46

EQ-VAS hip 13.4 11.6 to 14.6 13.9

56 NHS Improvement Guide to Reducing Long Hospitals Stays (2018) 57 Provisional Patient Reported Outcome Measures (PROMs) in England – Data Quality Note, April 2018 to September 2018

Revision parameter North central

London Range National

Hip procedure up to

one year after

replacement

1.9% 1.6% to 2.2% 1.8%

Knee procedure up to

one year after

replacement

4.5% 3.4% to 6.8% 4%

Page 51: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

51

Measure North central

London average Range England average

Oxford knee

(all procedures) 15.0 13 to 17.5 17.0

EQ-5DTM knee 0.29 0.26 – 0.3 0.3

EQ-VAS knee 7.1 4.8 to 8.4 8.1

4.7. Fragmented commissioning landscape

Planned adult orthopaedic services for patients and residents in NCL are currently

commissioned from 10 separate hospital sites, which include three private hospitals. There

are also flows of residents from north central London accessing planned orthopaedic care in

hospitals outside of north central London and some sub-contracting of activity from acute

trusts to the private sector when services are operationally challenged, for example over the

winter months.

This fragmented commissioning picture has built up incrementally, with no overall strategic

approach to the commissioning of planned orthopaedic services, including a demand and

capacity analysis of the longer-term requirements to the service. Some of the flows –

particularly to the private sector – have been a practical response to the waiting time

constraints which are separately documented in the case for change.

Fragmented commissioning of the service impedes economies of scale, contributes to

variation in the quality of the service, variability in clinical outcomes and an inability to realise

the economic benefits of ring-fenced specialist services delivered at scale.

This review on the future of adult elective orthopaedic services sets out the long-term

strategic picture for those services delivered exclusively through a small number of elective

centres with the scale and capacity to deliver all the activity requirements for the NCL

population into the future. If approved following consultation, there may be consequential

contracting changes to reflect this new commissioning strategy.

5. Elective orthopaedic care model, services and expected

benefits

This section describes the potential new model of care, details how it could change, and how

the proposals could facilitate delivery of the new model. This section also highlights the

Following its clinical review panel, the London Clinical Senate stated the case for change

“clearly articulates the rationale and provides enough evidence that the change is justified

in terms of efficacy and patient experience”. Recommendations for development include

consideration of the wider musculoskeletal pathway to ensure that the intended benefits

can be maximised and that net activity projections were reviewed to ensure that they are

as realistic as possible”.

Page 52: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

52

expected benefits and how the model meets the needs identified in the case for change

section.

The model described below was developed before the options appraisal process and

therefore the emerging preferred model of care. It was approved by the Joint

Commissioning Committee of the NCL CCGs on 2 May 2019 and was issued on 17

May 2019 to the five current NHS providers of adult elective orthopaedic services as

the basis for the submission of options to become an elective centre.

The outcome of that options appraisal can be found at section 8.

5.1. Aims and objectives of the service

We want to develop a clinical delivery model for a networked model of care which has an

international reputation for high-quality patient outcomes and experience, education and

research.

We propose to secure this through:

Excellent and timely diagnostics and outpatient care, both pre- and post-operatively,

at local base hospital sites, working seamlessly within local MSK pathways, including

both prevention and self-management

Elective centre(s) which would provide at-scale delivery of consolidated, high-quality

ring-fenced elective orthopaedic surgery with excellent perioperative care

A focus on consistent excellent patient education and rehabilitation, pre-operatively

and post-operatively

Appropriate flows to a super specialist centre for the most complex patients who

cannot be appropriately cared for in either the local (base) hospitals or elective

centres

Improvement in the delivery of local trauma services, by separating the delivery of

planned and emergency orthopaedic services, whilst maintaining a surgical

workforce who are trained to provide both, to best-practice standards

Improvement in staff experience, recruitment, retention, training, education and

research

An appropriate commissioning framework, which would facilitate expectations on

providers to deliver the expected improvements in the service model.

Our vision, developed and validated through a series of clinical design workshops, is to

deliver services from dedicated state-of-the-art orthopaedic elective surgical centres (also

known as cold or hub centres), separated from existing emergency departments, and co-

located with high dependency units (HDU), with the size and scale to enable a full elective

orthopaedic service. They would be staffed by the doctors, nurses, allied health

professionals and specialists delivering the right place at the right time. Trauma (ED) activity

would be maintained at local hospital trusts.

Freeing-up beds and theatres would also improve the experience for emergency patients

and the proposed separation of emergency and planned care is consistent in supporting the

North London Partners in Health and Care urgent and emergency care strategy. Efficiencies

as a natural consequence of these improvements, would offer better value for money.

5.2. Partnership for Orthopaedic Excellence: North London

A key feature of the planned model is the creation of a single elective orthopaedic network

across north central London: Partnership for Orthopaedic Excellence: North London. The

network is a standalone quality improvement initiative that aims to support the delivery of

Page 53: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

53

higher quality elective orthopaedic care, improve outcomes as well as standardising practice

across the north central London footprint.

The network arrangements would continue to evolve as the arrangement for elective

orthopaedic services are defined. The initial outline governance principles of the orthopaedic

clinical network are:

There would be a single orthopaedic network in north central London: Partnership for

Orthopaedic Excellence: North London

The network would include the oversight of the wider elective orthopaedic pathway,

including outpatients and day surgery, but not including trauma, though close links

with trauma services would be maintained

The network would appoint a chair to act as clinical leader, individual sites would

identify a clinical lead who would work with the network leader, and clinicians would

also be identified to work on individual time-limited projects

The network would foster a culture of openness, transparency, shared learning,

clinical audit, research, service developments and continuous quality improvement

between all participating organisations, would work to improve MDT team working

across all tiers of hospital and ensure a focus on continuous quality improvement as

the network grows and matures

The network would work to an agreed work programme, seeking to reduce

unwarranted variation and set up standardised protocols based on best practice:

o Common quality standards and KPIs, including monitoring of surgical volumes

across sites and surgeons

o A best-practice common pathway for the delivery of elective orthopaedic care.

Specifically, in relation to the proposal set out in this document:

Partnership for Orthopaedic Excellence: North London would give oversight for

clinical and operational activity of the proposed elective centres offering peer-to-peer

review. It would have a mandate to support organisations to escalate areas of

concern affecting quality of care, and to support clinically-led early intervention rather

than the back stop of regulatory intervention

If there is more than one elective centre, the network would ensure protocols are

consistent and shared between all partners in the network, so that there is a unifying

pathway and treatment protocols and a continuous focus on unwarranted variation to

achieve best outcomes and experience for patients

The network would take an overview of the clinical governance of the proposed

elective centres in north central London. Operational clinical governance would be

the responsibility of the proposed elective centres.

Through the orthopaedic network, providers would work collaboratively to ensure that

patients receive an optimum patient experience. In addition, providers would adopt a

business model which ensures the financial and other benefits of consolidation are shared

between all providers and commissioners, rather than creating ‘winners and losers’.

The key design principles generated through clinical engagement and approved by the NCL

JCC in December 2018 are set out in table 16.

Page 54: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

54

Table 16: Key design principles

Differentiation of levels or tiers of service at different hospitals. Incorporated

into the model

Partnership approach with all hospitals being seen as ‘base

hospitals’ with a stake in an elective centre.

Incorporated

into the model

Staffing model with clinical staff working into the unit from the base

hospitals, particularly surgeons following the patient to the elective

centre and providing continuity of care.

Incorporated

into the model

Development of common standards and pathways approach,

overseen by a clinical network with a standard set of outcomes to

which all organisations must adhere and are used to measure

success with clinical governance/oversight.

Incorporated

into the model

All outpatient care, pre- and post-operatively, to stay at base

hospitals (i.e. as at present).

Incorporated

into the model

Elective procedures on children and most adolescents (under 18

years of age), trauma, and spinal surgery to stay at base hospitals

(i.e. as at present). For children’s procedures, the base hospital

would act as a filter, with complex referrals continuing to go to Great

Ormond Street Hospital (GOSH) and the Royal National Orthopaedic

Hospital (RNOH).

Incorporated

into the model

Care-coordination function (care co-ordinators) to work across

base hospitals and elective centre(s), with a particular focus on

patients with vulnerabilities.

Incorporated

into the model

MDT team working to be a core component of the model. The

clinical network would develop expectations about how this would

operate. It is noted that there should be opportunities to do some of

this virtually.

Incorporated

into the model

High-dependency capability – the elective centre needs to be able

to manage a range of conditions and complexity; to do this they

would require appropriate back-up medical services and step-up

care.

Incorporated

into the model

5.3. Levels/tiers of service

Under the proposed model of care there would be three tiers of hospital provision for adult

elective orthopaedic services.

Page 55: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

55

Table 17: Levels/tiers of service

Base hospitals Elective orthopaedic

centres Super specialist centre

These are the existing local

hospital sites.

They would act as the entry

point to elective orthopaedic

care for patients; support

the operation of the elective

orthopaedic centres as part

of a clinical network;

manage outpatients; and

post-operative follow-up,

some day-cases and all

trauma care alongside an

accident and emergency

department.

They would be the main

surgical centres, able to

undertake a mixture of some

complex and all routine

elective activity.

Able to treat medically

complex, as well as some

orthopedically complex,

patients, with appropriate

back up medical services

and step-up care.

This activity is (mostly)

commissioned by local

clinical commissioning

groups, although some

would sit with NHS England

(NHSE) specialised

commissioning.

Tertiary and complex

orthopaedic care is

undertaken here, that

cannot appropriately take

place at either the base

hospitals or the elective

centres.

This activity is (mostly)

commissioned by NHSE

with a national catchment

area and would be fulfilled

by the Royal National

Orthopaedic Hospital NHS

Trust (RNOH) in Stanmore.

This super specialist work

does not form part of this

review.

The overarching principle of this preferred model of care is that orthopaedic surgeons

would remain employed by their existing hospital with a job-plan that includes

programmed activities covering elective and emergency care. Their current (and

future) elective surgical commitments would move with them to the proposed elective

centres.

5.4. Number of proposed elective centres

The clinical delivery model is not prescriptive about the number of elective orthopaedic

centres required in north central London. This process may determine that there should be

more than one elective centre. If this is the case, each centre may manage different levels of

medical and orthopaedic complexity. The preferred model of care that was agreed as a

result of the options appraisal process is outlined in section 8.

5.5. The patient pathway

Our aim is to develop world class orthopaedic services in north central London, bound

together through the clinical network Partnership for Orthopaedic Excellence: North London.

These would deliver excellent patient outcomes and reflect the highest levels of productivity,

so that patients who require surgery receive a high-quality service with the minimum

possible wait.

The elective centre(s) would form part of the wider provision of elective orthopaedic care in

NCL and would be a collaborative arrangement between hospital trusts and reflected in

commissioner expectations of service provision. Patients would initially be seen at their local

or base hospital before receiving treatment at an elective centre. The elective centre(s)

Page 56: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

56

would have dedicated theatres and beds to minimise the risk of cancellations. Following

treatment, patients would return to their usual setting of care and receive follow-up

appointments and rehabilitation at their local base hospital or in the community.

Figure 9 provides a high-level view of the envisaged pathway, how an elective centre could

work with base hospitals, and how patients could get their care delivered between base

hospitals and the elective centre for outpatients, treatment and rehabilitation.

Page 57: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

57

Figure 9: High-level pathway view

Page 58: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

58

5.5.1. Accessing the proposed elective centres

Trusts working within the clinical network Partnership for Orthopaedic Excellence: North

London would work in partnership with primary and community organisations to ensure all

patients requiring MSK services could access optimal end-to-end pathways to meet their

needs.

Base hospitals would work with their local MSK services to take referrals through established

primary and community care routes (single point of access, first contact practitioners and

referral management centres).

Transfers to the elective centre would be made through a patient’s base hospital in line with

protocols agreed by the clinical orthopaedic network, Partnership for Orthopaedic

Excellence: North London.

It is expected that each local hospital would transfer patients in a timely manner to the

elective centre(s), in order to allow the 18-weeks target of referral to treatment to be met.

Referrals must be in line with evidence-based thresholds of care. Arrangements for referral

targets and waiting times, including maximum transfer times, would be agreed through the

orthopaedic clinical network. Any breach of patient access targets would be required to be

reported through the appropriate commissioner arrangements.

5.6. Summary of service model specification

As set out in section 8, options put forward were assessed through an options appraisal

process. The criteria referred to in this section are those that were used for assessment in

the options appraisal process. The clinical delivery model sets out essential clinical and

other features of the service model. It was against these features that providers were asked

to demonstrate in the options which they put forward for consideration.

5.6.1. Essential requirements

There are a number of essential requirements which were assessed as part of criterion 1 to

fit with the clinical delivery model within the options appraisal process.

Each elective centre must deliver a minimum of 4,000 procedures a year58 (both

inpatient episodes and day-cases)

A defined ward (or wards) for elective orthopaedic patients with dedicated

orthopaedic beds59 and associated staffing (either in a separate building or

equivalent ring-fenced facility) must be provided

A dedicated ultra clean air theatre suite designed specifically to meet the needs of

orthopaedic surgery with appropriately trained orthopaedic theatre staff must be

provided, with capability to operate six or seven days per week, with three sessions a

day

Appropriate post-operative high dependency care must be provided, level two as a

minimum. Providers need to demonstrate the level three arrangements to manage

58 As set out in the draft case for change (August 2018) the review of literature evidenced that international centres of

excellence with high quality outcomes conduct a minimum of 4,000 procedures a year for each site. 59 The Getting It Right First Time (GIRFT) report (2012) confirms that a genuine elective orthopaedic ring-fence that is rigidly

enforced is essential if best outcomes are to be achieved. If there is a breach of any kind – including supposedly ‘clean’ surgical patients – of the ring-fence, then surgeons are advised to cancel their lists and require that the ward is closed and deep cleaned before joint replacement can begin again. It is worth remembering that when infections do occur, as is more likely in a non-ringed circumstance, it is necessary to go through the same deep clean procedures.

Page 59: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

59

deteriorating or complex patients who require intensive care support for a short

period of time60

Arrangements for appropriate overnight medical cover, at sufficient seniority

supported by on-call arrangements (both medical and surgical), to enable the safe

care of medically complex patients must be provided.

5.6.2. Essential clinical requirements

There are also a number of essential clinical requirements which must be co-located with the

elective centre, which all options would need to meet. These would also be assessed under

criterion 1 of the options appraisal.

Adherence to safety standards as judged by prevailing standards

Deteriorating patients’ protocols

Compliance with NHS England service specifications for specialised orthopaedics

networks (case mix dependent)61

All surgical consultants and associate specialists have the required expertise.

Specialist nursing

Theatre inventory of appropriate equipment and a resilient supply chain and

decontamination arrangements

Theatre inventory of implant components

Transfusion service

Infection control services

Anaesthetists – specialising in orthopaedic care

Other standard hospital support services applicable to any elective site.

5.6.3. Essential services not required to be co-located

There is also a range of other essential services, including support services, which would be

required to be accessible on-site of the elective centre but not necessarily to be co-located:

Access to MSK radiology, including access to CT and MRI scanning equipment

Mental health – psychiatry

Plastic surgery (part of the MDT team available to support elective surgery, generally

would be required on a planned rather than emergency basis)

Vascular surgery (immediate telephone advice and on-site support must be available

within one hour of a request)

Medical support services (incorporating a range of general medical and medical

subspecialties) – e.g. cardiology, neurology, diabetes, infectious diseases, care of

the elderly

Clinical support services – e.g. pathology, nuclear medicine, interventional radiology,

microbiology

Acute pain management services.

Finally, there are features for innovation where, within the essential requirements, we have

looked for providers to describe their vision for delivery.

60 Level 2 – High Dependency Unit (HDU). Patients needing single organ support (excluding medical ventilation) such as renal

haemofiltration or ionotropes and invasive BP monitoring. They are staffed one nurse to two patients. Level 3 – intensive care. patients requiring two or more organ support (or needing mechanical ventilation alone). Staffed with one nurse per patient and usually with a doctor present in the unit, 24 hours per day. 61 NHS standard contract for Major Trauma service (all ages) and NHS standard contract for specialised orthopaedics (adult)

Page 60: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

60

Intensive rehabilitation support for patients during their inpatient stay

Seven day a week service with extended hours. Presumption should be that patients would

be mobilised on the day of surgery (unless clinically inappropriate).

Clinical governance

Providers were asked to set out their proposed clinical governance structure for the elective

centre. Specifically:

How clinical governance and accountability would sit within the host organisation,

particularly the role of the medical director

How clinical governance would operate in a partnership arrangement between two or

more providers

How the elective centre would work with base hospitals to ensure robust clinical

governance arrangements, particularly tracking of readmissions and serious

incidents (SIs)

How patients would be involved in the clinical governance arrangements.

Multidisciplinary team (MDT) working

As part of the clinical orthopaedic network, the intention is to establish MDT working across

the elective centre, base hospitals and super specialist centre.

Providers were asked to set out how they would envisage the elective centre working within

the overarching governance of the clinical network (particularly if there is more than one

centre) to ensure consistency of clinical practice and patient experience, and a clear sense

that the elective centre is part of the delivery of a unified approach to elective orthopaedic

care.

Care co-ordination

There would be a need for a defined team to manage discharge at the elective centre

(including equipment needs). The team would focus on patients with vulnerabilities or those

with complex needs (non-medical). They would also:

Follow-up with the base-hospital to ensure that there is continuity and appropriate

ongoing patient care in the community

Have access to step-down facilities (if required)

Have effective links to social care to support discharge

Ensure that the discharge to assess team and protocols were in place (as required)

Ensure an emphasis on rehabilitation and reablement, be more explicit about taking

a more strengths-based approach with patients, maximising opportunities for

independence, including assistive technology as well as equipment.

Pre-operative assessment

Pre-operative assessment would be ‘owned’ by the elective centre as an important part of

the consent process, and to ensure consistency of practice to prevent on-the-day surgical

cancellations. Pre-operative assessment protocols would be developed to enable

standardised practice across the network.

Page 61: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

61

Options for this include:

Base hospitals to identify complex patients who would require a more in-depth

anaesthetist managed pre-operative assessment

Digital solutions to enable base hospitals to start the pre-operative process, against

an agreed protocol, to enable screening tests needed before surgery e.g. an

echocardiogram, to be in place at the base hospital and take place there prior to

onward referral to the elective centre

Trusts to consider whether they want to deliver an outreach model with pre-operative

assessment delivered by the elective centre across a variety of sites, including base

hospitals.

Patient education

Patient education would be delivered to a consistent model developed by a single

orthopaedic clinical network with standardised core materials, including a website.

Face-to-face patient education would be co-ordinated by the elective centre, although could

be delivered across a range of sites (including base hospitals). To include consistent

prehabilitation assessment and support; joint school for hip and knee replacements; and pre-

operative patient education materials to be developed for the full range of orthopaedic

procedures.

Clinical case-mix

Providers were asked to set out their expectations in terms of the case mix they would safely

manage at the proposed elective centres, meeting all relevant safety standards. This would

include which day-case procedures they would undertake at the proposed elective centres

and which would take place at base hospitals. These assumptions were modelled into their

submissions.

Medical complexity

The proposed elective centres would undertake procedures on medically complex patients,

with appropriate back-up medical services and step-up care. Providers were asked to set out

their assumptions in terms of any specific cohorts of patient that they felt could not be

managed in the proposed elective centres and these assumptions were modelled into their

submissions. For instance, practice elsewhere would suggest that sickle cell or haemophiliac

patients would need to be treated at specialist units which may not necessarily be an

elective unit.

5.6.4. Interdependent services

The proposals for the elective orthopaedic centres have been assessed on how

interdependent services could be impacted by the establishment of a new model of care. To

do this all providers within the system, including those that would remain as a base hospital,

were asked to provide information as part of the submission of options process.

Paediatrics and adolescents (under 18 years of age)

Base hospitals would act as a filter through to specialist paediatric and adolescent

orthopaedic surgery at specialist tertiary centres (GOSH and RNOH)

Page 62: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

62

For the small number of patients having surgery at base hospitals, as at present – base

hospitals would ensure separate list arrangements (cohorting on adult trauma lists should

not be the practice), surgeons available with appropriate skills set, and have appropriate

paediatric after care.

Trauma

Central to the model is the continuation of high-quality non-elective adult orthopaedic

services and trauma services (including fractured neck of femur services) at all base hospital

sites.

Base hospitals designated as trauma units would continue to meet the service specification

including the provision of operating theatre access and in-house rotas. Specifically:

Modelled theatre and dedicated bed requirements to manage current and projected

trauma workload

Management of trauma on-call arrangements to ensure full cover, and consideration

to whether job-plans would need to be reviewed to formalise any non-job planned

activities that currently take place as a result of the co-location of trauma and elective

surgery.

Major trauma is out of scope and would continue to be delivered at existing designated sites

(St Mary’s and The Royal London hospitals).

The robustness of the proposed base hospital arrangements was tested by the trauma

network as part of the assessment process.

Spinal surgery

Spinal surgery is not included within the planned scope of the elective orthopaedic centre,

although a base hospital which is also an elective centre could manage their own spinal

activity through the elective centre.

Base hospitals would have modelled their theatre and dedicated bed requirements to

manage their current and projected spinal workload

Specialist and tertiary spinal surgery would be provided at RNOH and National

Hospital for Neurology and Neurosurgery. Spinal surgery is also provided by

Whittington Health NHS Trust and the Royal Free London NHS Foundation Trust (on

both the Barnet and Chase Farm hospital sites).

The robustness of the proposed base hospital arrangements and proposed capacity was

tested by the spinal network as part of the assessment process.

Base hospital services

These are as follows:

Outpatient adult orthopaedic services

Access to MSK radiology, including access to CT and MRI scanning equipment

Contribution to the early pre-assessment screening using protocols agreed by the

clinical network, Partnership for Orthopaedic Excellent: North London.

Rehabilitation service including physiotherapists and occupational therapists

Emergency follow-up for post-surgical complications (e.g. infections or dislocations)

for all patients treated on both emergency and elective pathways.

Page 63: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

63

Community and primary care orthopaedic services

These are as follows:

MSK single point of access

First contract practitioners

Direct access physiotherapy

Community physiotherapy, occupational therapy (OT) and nursing services.

5.6.5. Enablers

Transport

Appropriate transport arrangements (for those meeting eligibility criteria) are vital for patients

with vulnerabilities and also the efficiency of the elective centre. Trusts were asked to

describe how they would manage transport arrangements for patients meeting eligibility

thresholds.

Digital

There are significant opportunities across the orthopaedic network to look to digital

integration of systems to support a new model of care, particularly by sharing information

across the whole care pathway, joining up pre-operative assessment and sharing images on

this and would continue through the clinical network in conjunction with the NCL digital

programme, the One London Project and the NCL Diagnostics programme.

Providers were asked to ensure that their level of digital maturity could support

interoperability with disparate systems across the north central London digital footprint and

the London-wide digital footprint. The following items are seen as a minimum to integrate

with the Health Information Exchange (HIE) and the planned centralised image exchange for

London:

All provider systems must be able to provide data using HIE standards such as

Health Level Seven’s Fast Healthcare Interoperability Resources (HL7, FHIR62) to

enable real-time integration with their electronic patient record (EPR) or their trust

integration engine. Where this is not possible, the provider should be able to provide

the data in near real-time utilising batch files from their data warehouse

An agreed minimum dataset from all participating care providers in the orthopaedic

pathway would be needed in digital format. The data needs to be coded data or in a

structured format

All providers involved in the care pathway would utilise the patient’s NHS number as

their primary identifier. To this end, all providers should ensure that they have at least

80% spine compliance with their NHS numbers. This would ensure appropriate

linking of patient’s records from multiple sources

Providers should support electronic workflow for patients on the pathway

All systems must be on the N3/HSCN network, or equivalent, to enable connectivity

To enable image sharing, HIE profiles such as the reporting workflow (RWF) and the

image exchange (XDSi), should be supported. This would facilitate linking-up

radiology events and PACS imaging

62 Health Level Seven® International (HL7®) is the global authority on standards for interoperability of health technology with

members in over 55 countries

Page 64: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

64

Providers’ PACS and RIS (diagnostic imaging networks) managers or vendors

should be able to facilitate historical data on-boarding by triggering the publication

information of documents and images onto the One London Central HUB platform for

an agreed period of time.

Provider systems should utilise SNOMED/NICIP as the standard vocabulary used for

metadata.

5.6.6. Workforce

The NCL adult elective orthopaedic review creates an opportunity to evaluate the adult

elective orthopaedic workforce. Developing new ways of working across the system is

crucial to developing a sustainable workforce model that builds local capacity, capability and

competency to deliver care across end-to-end best practice MSK pathways.

Robust education and quality improvement initiatives, led by the orthopaedic network, would

underpin system redesign, enabling transformation to happen at scale and pace. This would

support the development of a workforce model that is fit for purpose – for all clinical teams’

doctors, nurses and AHPs – and has the support of all key stakeholders and employers. It

would also ensure the workforce model has the ability to evolve over time to meet future

demands and challenges.

In January 2019, to support development of the NCL adult elective orthopaedic workforce

plan, the Health Education England (HEE) workforce observatory undertook an initial

baseline analysis of the current trauma and orthopaedic workforce. The report highlighted

the opportunity to attract staff to NCL together with challenges recruiting a number of key

disciplines. It has committed to carry out further evaluation and modelling as the workforce

plan evolves and the review progresses.

The NCL orthopaedic workforce plan is underpinned by national specifications set out by

HEE and the NHS Long Term Plan. It aims to drive development of integrated services and

working practices by facilitating changes in culture and practice.

The developing workforce plan for elective orthopaedic services is fully aligned to the wider

NCL workforce plan and aims to:

Make a significant difference to our ability to recruit and retain staff by making NCL

adult elective orthopaedic centres and base hospitals desirable and innovative places

to work for relevant staff, including training and non-training medical staff (including

GPs), allied health professionals and nursing staff

Enable productive working by enhancing digital capability and developing consistent

pathways

Utilise processes that are in existence (UCLH and Whittington passport) and being

developed across NCL to build flexibility and mobility (Cancer passport). This would

allow staff to work in different organisations and locations, particularly orthopaedic

surgeons, anaesthetists and other relevant clinical staff who would follow the patient

between base hospitals and the proposed elective centres

Develop consistent ways of working together with NCL-wide clinical protocols driven

by the orthopaedic network

Develop new roles where appropriate which are likely to include advanced clinical

practitioners and care navigators

Develop a robust research and education framework to attract national and

international funding and educational opportunities

Page 65: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

65

Deliver on the vision of 21st century care set out in the NHS Long Term Plan by

reviewing skills mix, creating new types of roles and utilising different ways of

working

Develop training models in partnership with the London Deanery that ensure

undergraduates have access to the highest quality education and training

Ensure there are no unintended consequences for interdependent staff groups and

services such as trauma, paediatrics and spinal

Develop NCL support networks including system-wide MDT team working structures

and defined escalation pathways to access clinical expertise for complex patients

Develop an NCL-wide recruitment strategy for orthopaedics.

The emerging plan is currently at a high-level with granular details to be incorporated into the

decision-making business case and implementation plan.

We asked trusts to detail how the workforce could be developed to ensure that:

Roles at the proposed elective centres are in place, including the care co-ordinator

role

There are mechanisms in place to enable staff to work cross site

The key principles (set out below) would be met

NLP STP workforce programme alignment would be achieved.

In addition, providers were asked to evidence how the workforce plan would ensure that:

The relevant essential requirements are met, i.e. how staffing would be identified and

established to provide a defined ward for elective orthopaedic patients

The relevant essential clinical requirements would be met, i.e. provision of specialist

nursing workforce

The relevant essential services would be delivered, i.e. how staffing would be

identified and/or established to provide vascular surgery support

The relevant interdependent services are provided.

In proposing a workforce plan that would meet these requirements, trusts were also asked to

consider how they would:

Develop and use new roles within the workforce especially the required care co-

ordinator role

Leverage the opportunity that portability of expert staff between organisations and

locations would offer

Address issues of workforce supply and turnover, particularly with expansion of key

roles in other areas including the impact on physiotherapy recruitment with the

implementation of the FCPs in primary care from 2020.

We asked them to demonstrate how they would:

Adopt the appropriate and relevant north central London workforce policies including

the NCL recruitment and selection policy which would enable future staff sharing

across sites

Ensure retention and recruitment of the workforce, particularly in light of national and

acute local shortages of clinical staff, for example operating department practitioners

(ODPs) – these strategies would also need to demonstrate alignment and integration

with the NCL workforce programme projects in these areas

Page 66: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

66

Consider the appropriate use of new and emerging roles (and provision of training

for) roles such as trainee nurse associates (TNAs), advanced clinical practitioners

(ACPs) and physician associates (PAs)

Align and integrate with NCL workforce programme projects focusing on reducing

use of bank and agency staff

Consider the deployment of staff to maximise efficiency and staff experience, and

outline how they would support development of, and use, key portability options such

as the NCL employment license and NCL Mandatory and Statutory Training (MaST)

work (amongst others)

Outline plans to ensure a favourable experience for staff of working in the new

service.

Key principles

The overarching principle is that the current elective in-patient surgical commitments

of surgeons at base hospitals would move with them to the elective centre.

Surgeons would remain employed by the base hospital, with a job-plan that includes both

elective and emergency commitments.

We have drawn on the experience of the South West London Elective Orthopaedic Centre

(SWLEOC) model of staffing as our starting point for NCL. This includes a core team of

nursing and anaesthetic staff at the centre servicing the needs of orthopaedic surgeons from

the base hospitals working at the centre.

There are a number of key expectations around the management and engagement of the

workforce:

Providers were asked to set out how they would manage demand and capacity

modelling and job planning across the elective centre and base hospital. This would

include a key focus on how e-rostering and e-job planning would be deployed to

effectively manage the workforce across this to ensure that trauma capacity and

capability at the base hospitals is not undermined

In determining the roles need for an elective orthopaedic centre, providers were

asked to provide an example of the dedicated orthopaedic team expected to be

based at the elective centre and the staff who should be available, ensuring a ‘best in

class’ skills mix and capacity to be provided at different times across the extended

service

Orthopaedic surgeons would continue to be employed by the base hospitals and

would be expected to have job plans that include outpatients, trauma lists and on-call

arrangements at the base hospital site, alongside planned elective work at the

proposed elective centres

NCL has particular workforce challenges regarding cost of living and acute shortages

of professional staff (including middle-grade doctors and nurses), as well as staff in

lower paid roles. Providers were asked to detail the plans and infrastructure they

have, and would, put in place to address these challenges. This would include

minimising use of bank and agency staff and how they would ensure maximum fill

rates when such staff are deployed

Depending on the range of services provided from the centre, there may be a need to

provide specialist teams to deliver the appropriate standard of care. These may be

Page 67: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

67

employed by the centre or drawn from base hospitals. Providers were asked to detail

their planned solution(s) to this, and outline steps to be taken to establish

agreements and relationships with partner organisations to provide these solutions

Given the partnership approach with all base hospitals having a stake in an elective

centre, orthopaedic surgeons would work across two sites. A proportion of providers’

additional staff would also work across two sites. Providers were asked to

demonstrate how they would limit the need for teams and individuals to work across

more than three sites as this could have a detrimental on patient and staff experience

Trusts were asked to consider how they might deploy their staff to maximise

efficiency and staff experience, including travel and London weighting considerations,

as well as the adoption of NCL approaches such as:

o Bilateral provider agreement(s) to share staff

o ‘Passporting’ of specified staff to work throughout clinical pathways and follow

the patient

o Recognition of other providers’ training – as a minimum Mandatory and Statutory

Training (MaST) and other clinical training (to be specified by providers).

Table 18: Roles at the elective centre

Clinical leadership structure for the elective centre, including a medical director.

Managerial leadership structure for the elective centre.

Appropriately established and staffed HDU and peri-operative care on-site to enable

the safe care of medically complex as well as orthopedically complex patients.

Arrangements for appropriate and fully staffed overnight medical cover, including

HDU, at sufficient seniority supported by on-call arrangements (both medical and surgical),

to enable the safe care of medically complex patients.

Orthopaedic trainees – The centre would operate on the principle that trainees would

continue to be aligned to the base hospitals. Trainees would follow their training consultant

to the elective centre on their consultant’s operating days to get their required exposure to

elective cases. The presumption is the elective centre would function without any reliance

on overnight or ward-based support from trainees.

Experienced anaesthetists in post – consultant anaesthetists, junior grade anaesthetists,

potentially further anaesthetist to cover anaesthetic issues.

Providers were asked to describe the model which they envisaged:

Pure model where all anaesthetic support is provided by the staff working

exclusively at the elective centre, or

Hybrid-model where some anaesthetic support is provided by clinicians from the

base hospital carrying out planned sessions in the centre.

Page 68: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

68

Nursing staff – theatre co-ordinator/sister, scrub nurses, staff nurses, recovery nurses,

anaesthetic nurses.

Medicines management support in post – including specialist pharmacists.

Experienced MSK radiologists.

Experienced physiotherapists, occupational therapists, radiographers and other allied

health professionals – offering a seven-day, extended hours service.

Infectious disease consultant cover.

Administrative and clerical staff.

Pathway co-ordinator/care navigation function to work across the proposed elective

centres and all feeder base hospitals, with a particular focus on patients with vulnerabilities

who may find it more difficult to navigate the pathway (these roles could draw on models

developed for primary care).

Business support – finance, HR, IT, procurement, logistics.

5.6.7. Teaching, training, education and research

A driving principle of the review is that the proposed workforce models at base sites, elective

centres, and super specialist centres, provide sufficient volume and opportunities for the

teaching, training and education of key clinical staff including therapists, nurses and doctors.

The proposed elective centres would have sufficient volumes to take part in research trials

and forge formal academic links with appropriate academic partners.

A further key principle of developing orthopaedic elective centres focuses on developing

research and education, particularly for complex procedures. Through this approach,

providers would improve capacity in this field nationally, become eligible to join the

International Society of Orthopaedic Centers (www.isocweb.org), and provide specialist

training for a new generation of doctors and allied health workers.

Trauma and orthopaedic education and training is a key dependency whose implications

need to be worked through in a collaborative way as part of the development and

implementation of a new clinical delivery model.

With regards to doctors in training, as in the SWLEOC model, the NCL model is based on

the principle that doctors in training would continue to be aligned to the base hospitals.

Doctors in training should then follow their consultant to the proposed elective centres on

their consultant’s operating days to get their required exposure to elective cases.

The London Deanery would be involved in the development of the training model to ensure

training requirements are fully integrated into delivery plans.

Page 69: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

69

This is likely to present challenges with regards to rota management and service provision

that should be addressed in detail within any education and training plan developed by

providers.

However, the model should also offer opportunities for training and education through

access to this range of activities and procedures and increases the benefits for doctors

working within this model.

It is also anticipated that therapists and nursing staff would also have increased

opportunities for intra-organisational rotations and training and development.

We asked providers in their education, training and research plan to include how they would

contribute to relevant continuing professional development, education and training, including:

How they built education and training capacity/capability/governance into the options

which they put forward for consideration

Show how, for clinical staff at the elective centre and the base hospital, they would

contribute to support orthopaedic education and training across other NCL providers

as part of the development of integrated care arrangements

Show how they would conduct and exhibit a commitment to clinical research,

specifically:

o Function as an academic centre (i.e. has residents or fellows in training)

o Five peer reviewed publications in top 10 journals per year as a minimum.

Health Education England would be asked to scrutinise implementation plans to ensure all

aspects for each discipline has been addressed.

5.7. Standards and performance of the elective orthopaedic service

Patient experience

The standards we would be aiming to achieve for patients in NCL would be:

To be compliant with all patient access targets

To reduce cancellations for elective orthopaedic procedures to zero for preventable

reasons (e.g. due to beds being unavailable)

To reduce on the day-cancellations due to anaesthetic review to zero (unless there

was a material change in the patient’s clinical condition between pre-operative

assessment and the day of surgery)

Develop a maximum transfer time between being seen at the base hospital and

referral to the proposed elective centres

To generate patient satisfaction scores in the top decile (PROMs, PREMs (patient

reported experience) and Friends and Family (F&F) test)

Patients would benefit from an accessible service and continue to have choice for

elective orthopaedic care

Active patient forums in the elective centre to define local patient experience, set up

broadly in line with the British Orthopaedic Association (BOA) Patient Liaison Group

standards

As part of the National Orthopaedic Alliance Vanguard, aim towards gold kitemark

against the quality standards for all procedures undertaken.

Page 70: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

70

Clinical standards

Specific clinical standards we would see in the preferred model of care:

Sites in NCL should demonstrate a critical mass for complex procedures to support

the safe and effective delivery of care

Individual surgeons would be supported to undertake a sufficient volume of

procedures each year to enable the safe and effective delivery of care, which would

reflect the BOA guidance on implementing GIRFT

Orthopaedic equipment on the shelf for a minimum of 90% of cases

Consistent use of enhanced recovery pathways across NCL

Overall deep infection rates of less than 1%.

Performance thresholds

Theatre utilisation – four primary joint replacement operations (or equivalent) in a

two-session day

Length of stay to be in upper quartile

Development of standard protocols for prostheses across NCL.

This section documents the governance structure that has been put in place to

ensure the consultation process is robust, accommodates relevant stakeholder views

and there is clarity on responsibilities for decision making and responsibilities for

approval of key documents and milestones.

The NCL adult elective orthopaedic services review has a clear governance structure in

which the north central London Joint Commissioning Committee (NCL JCC) is the decision-

making body for the programme.

The commissioning-led governance framework which underpins these adult elective

orthopaedic care proposals was established following agreement from the NCL JCC in

January 2019. The NCL JCC is a joint committee of the CCGs under s.14Z of the NHS Act

2006. All five of the CCGs’ governing bodies approved the proposals to establish the NCL

JCC and agreed its terms of reference.

Should the programme proceed to consultation and, following the outcome of that

consultation, the next stage of decision-making will be to discuss the Decision-Making

Business Case (DMBC). This will be taken by the North Central London CCG (a merged

organisation of the five NCL CCGs which is expected to come into being on 1 April 2020)63.

It will take forward and support any required implementation plans as part of its support to a

north central London integrated care system.

Before January 2019, a review group comprising of NCL provider clinical and managerial

representatives, patients and commissioners oversaw wider engagement around a draft

case for change and the creation of key design principles, developing a culture of common

purpose, collaboration and quality improvement.

63 Further information on the approval to merge can be found here

6. Programme leadership and governance

Page 71: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

71

6.1. North central London Joint Commissioning Committee (NCL JCC)

The NCL JCC has clinical and lay representatives from five NCL CCGs:

NHS Barnet Clinical Commissioning Group

NHS Camden Clinical Commissioning Group

NHS Enfield Clinical Commissioning Group

NHS Haringey Clinical Commissioning Group

NHS Islington Clinical Commissioning Group.

The NCL JCC also has other non-voting members from:

London Borough of Barnet

London Borough of Camden

London Borough of Enfield

London Borough of Haringey

London Borough of Islington

Director of Public Health, Barnet

Healthwatch Enfield and Healthwatch Haringey on behalf of the five Healthwatch

organisations in North Central London.

The committee’s role is to commission jointly a number of services that are most effectively

commissioned collaboratively across NCL. They include all acute services including core

contracts and other out of sector acute commissioning, this includes both elective and

emergency orthopaedic services64.

6.2. Programme board – adult elective orthopaedic services review

The NCL JCC is advised by a programme board for the adult elective orthopaedic services

review that oversees programme delivery, in particular:

To make collective recommendations to the NCL JCC

To connect local organisation-based accountability structures with the review

To consider and champion the interest of the public, patients, carers and staff

To provide feedback on the consultation plan and be responsible for communications

and engagement

To provide a forum where political and public engagement could be considered and

reviewed.

The programme board consists of:

Joint commissioner and provider senior responsible officers:

o Chief executive of the Royal National Orthopaedic Hospital

o NCL CCGs’ director of strategy

Clinical lead, who is chair of Partnership for Orthopaedic Excellence: North London

An executive director nominated by each of the five largest providers of elective

orthopaedic services in NCL

Two GP representatives

Two patient representatives

NCL CCGs’ chief finance officer

64 The five NCL CCGs are anticipated to merge by April 2020 into one NCL CCG. The NCL CCG will take forward further

decision-making and support any required implementation plans as part of its support to a north central London integrated care

system.

Page 72: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

72

Commissioner representatives from neighbouring sustainability and transformation

partnerships (STPs)

Director from NHS England specialised commissioning

NHS England strategy and reconfiguration representative

Nominee from adult social services representing the five boroughs in NCL

Independent clinical adviser (medical director of South West London Elective

Orthopaedic Centre).

Workforce executive director lead (director of HR from the RNOH, and chair of the

NCL HR Directors Group).

Finance executive director lead (director of finance, North Middlesex University

Hospital Trust)

North London Partners in Health and Care head of communications and

engagement.

The programme board is supported by the programme team and workstream leads, as

required.

6.3. Other workstreams

Underpinning the programme board are two workstreams:

Partnership for Orthopaedic Excellence: North London

This capitalises on the clinical engagement built through the original review group in the first

stage of the programme and aims to deliver system wide quality improvement. The network

also provides clinical expertise and advice to support the programme board. The role of the

network is set out in greater detail in section 5.2.

The clinical network consists of:

A clinical lead

Clinical representatives from each of the largest five provider organisations Nursing

and Allied Health Professional representatives

Patient representatives

Managerial representative from each of the largest five provider organisations

GP representatives

Patient representatives

AHP lead

Nursing lead

Finance steering group

A time-limited finance steering group was established to work through the finance and

activity elements of the programme providing advice to the programme board. The chair of

the group was recruited through an expressions of interest process.

The finance steering group consists of:

Director of finance North Middlesex University Hospitals NHS Trust (Chair)

Director of finance from each of the five largest provider trusts or their nominees

CCG acute commissioner and finance representatives.

The governance structure is supported operationally between workstreams and managed by

the programme executive.

Page 73: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

73

The programme executive includes:

Joint SROs

Core programme team (programme director and programme manager)

Operational support from each workstream

Chairs of workstreams (as required).

Communications and engagement

Communications and engagement are not a standalone workstream within this programme.

Instead, existing NCL STP structures have been used to support the programme, with adult

elective orthopaedic review a standing item on the following agendas:

STP engagement advisory board

Regular meetings with the five Healthwatch chief executives

Monthly STP/CCG communications and engagement group

Quarterly STP/CCG/Provider communications and engagement group.

Operational support has been provided through the head of communications and

engagement for the STP, who sits on the programme board and joins the programme

executive as required. The team was also supplemented by an additional resource to

support the higher levels of activity required during the engagement phase of the

programme, the ongoing involvement of resident representatives in the lead up to the

options appraisal exercise and the preparation for and delivery of a public consultation.

A time-limited communications and engagement task and finish group, involving CCG and

provider communications leads and patient representatives was established to support the

development of the consultation plan and materials.

Figure 10: NCL adult elective orthopaedic review governance structure 2019

Page 74: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

74

7 Stakeholder65 engagement

This section details the engagement undertaken to test and further develop our case

for change, how residents have had the opportunity to shape the future service

model, how this has informed the proposed consultation, how the consultation would

be undertaken, and the equalities analysis process.

7.1 Overview

Public and patient engagement has informed the planning process from its earliest stages

and would continue through consultation during late 2019 and early 2020 into future

planning phases, transition and the next era of service delivery.

A robust approach to engagement has been at the core of the adult elective orthopaedic

review from the outset and this principle has been applied to working with clinical partners

and providers, in the development of the service model, and with local residents, to ensure

that they are informed, involved and have a role in shaping the outcome of the review.

Resident involvement took several forms:

Two patient representatives sit on the programme board (see section 6.2)

An additional three local residents attended the clinical design workshops during

summer/autumn 2018. These residents were selected by local Healthwatch

organisations and acted as representatives for the wider community. Additional

representatives took part in two workshops in spring 2019 which refined the clinical

model and reviewed the options appraisal criteria and proposed weightings.

A two-month engagement period widened the involvement in testing the draft case

for change, through a series of conversations, events and engagement opportunities

working with a community groups and organisations

An open call to feed back on the case for change was also issued, with opportunities

to comment on the draft case for change being promoted through a range of media

channels

The options appraisal scoring panel had equal representation from local patients and

residents.

This ran in tandem with ongoing engagement with health and social care partners.

7.2 Legal principles

When developing proposals for public consultation, commissioners must consider section

242 of the NHS Act 2006 and section 142Z of the Health and Social Care Act 2012. Under

these, NHS Trusts and CCGs have a legal duty to make arrangements for individuals to

whom the services are being or may be provided, to be involved throughout the process.

The principle of section 242 of the consolidated NHS Act 2006 is that, by law, NHS

commissioners and Trusts must ensure that patients and/or the public are involved in certain

decisions that affect the planning and delivery of NHS services. While section 242 has far-

reaching implications, it is at heart about embedding good decision-making practice by

ensuring that service users’ points of view are taken into account when planning or changing

services.

65 Stakeholders refers to staff, public, patients, health and wellbeing boards, overview and scrutiny committees and voluntary

sector organisations, among others.

Page 75: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

75

Section 242(1B) of the National Health Service Act 2006 as amended by the Local

Government & Public Involvement in Health Act 2007, states that:

Each relevant English body must make arrangements as respects health services for which

it is responsible, which secure that users of those services, whether directly or through

representatives, are involved (whether by being consulted or provided with information, or in

other ways) in:

(a) The planning of the provision of services

(b) The development and consideration of proposals for changes in the way services are

provided

(c) Decisions to be made by that body affecting the operation of those services

Subsections (b) and (c) need only be observed if the proposals would have an impact on:

(a) The manner in which the services are delivered to users of those services; or

(b) The range of health services available to those users.

In order to meet these legislative requirements, public involvement must be an integral part

of service change process. Engagement should be early and continue throughout the

process using a broad range of engagement activities.

All public consultations should adhere to the Gunning principles, which are:

Consultation must take place when the proposal is still at a formative stage

Sufficient reasons must be put forward for the proposal to allow for intelligent

consideration and response

Adequate time must be given for consideration and response

The product of consultation must be conscientiously taken into account.

Additionally, all pre-consultation engagement should be undertaken in line with the NHS

England guidance Planning, assuring and delivering service change for patients (2018)66.

This states that service change (including changes in location) should be undertaken only

when a public consultation has been undertaken, which is;

Aligned to the local Sustainability and Transformation Partnership (STP) plans

Assured by NHS England prior to consultation

Led by service commissioners

Involves full and consistent engagement with stakeholders including (but not limited

to) the public, patients, clinicians, staff, neighbouring STPs and Local Authorities

Shown to have met the Secretary of State’s four tests for service reconfiguration (see

section 11.1)

Undertaken in line with section 242 of the NHS Act 2006 and section 142Z of the

Health and Social Care Act 2012 (as set out above).

7.3. Pre-consultation engagement on the draft case for change

In August 2018, a draft case for change was published for engagement with patents,

residents and wider stakeholders (from providers, commissioners and local authorities),

which took place between 17 August and 19 October 2018.

66 https://www.england.nhs.uk/wp-content/uploads/2018/03/planning-assuring-delivering-service-change-v6-1.pdf

Page 76: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

76

The draft case for change was deliberately presented at an early stage of the process to

enable participation by as many stakeholders as possible. It offered a mechanism by which

the programme could test the rationale for change, enter into structured conversations with

key stakeholder groups and offered a description of the key components of a theoretical

model that stakeholders could base comments upon.

The exercise helped to:

Surface crucial insights which helped to shape the next stages of the review

Define which elements required refining in the development of the clinical service

model

Support our aspiration to develop a future service which meets the needs of all

stakeholders.

During the pre-consultation engagement phase, meetings were held with all current

providers of orthopaedic services within north central London, both NHS and from the private

sector. The draft case for change was also shared in August 2018 with a broader range of

private sector providers, inviting them to comment. Feedback from the pre-consultation

engagement, design principles and the NCL Joint Commissioning Committee decision in

January 2019 around contract form, were formally communicated to all stakeholders,

including all the private sector providers who had been asked to comment on the draft case

for change.

During the engagement phase, our intention was to enter into more detailed conversations

and undertake quality engagement with local residents, as this would be the most effective

way to test ideas and derive information that could genuinely influence future thinking.

Targeted meetings were held across the five boroughs, with a total of 181 residents and

patients attending. Meetings were established in a number of different ways as a result of

the team directly approaching specific groups, being invited to pre-existing fora and the

receipt of invitations from interested parties.

Meetings took the form of a short presentation, which explained the aspiration of the review,

its key drivers and what current thinking was around the future service model. Depending

upon the forum and the time allowed, there was then a question and answer session and

comments were given. All feedback was captured in writing. At some meetings, participants

also chose to complete a printed questionnaire which they returned on the day.

Some of the more informal opportunities took the form of one-to-one conversations between

interested parties and members of the programme team. For example, the Islington Over

55s group is a social group that meets each week to enjoy social activities and entertainment

together. At this group, attendees enjoyed the entertainment and then individuals with an

interest in the review had one-to-one or small group conversations with the review team.

Others chose to give written feedback through the questionnaire.

The draft case for change and accompanying materials offered a good foundation for

conversations. However, it should be noted that for some, it was challenging to engage on a

topic in its formative stages (as opposed to a firm proposal).

Page 77: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

77

Table 19: Patient and public engagement events and attendance numbers

Public and patient engagement events Attendance

numbers

Camden CPEG – Patient engagement meeting 16

Islington Over 55s Group Clairmont Centre – Public event 23

Having A Say Group – Barnet Mencap- Learning Disability Group 10

Haringey Adult Social Care Joint Partnership Board – Patient

Public engagement 16

Enfield CCG Voluntary Community Stakeholder Reference Group

– CCG Stakeholder reference group – Patients/Public 11

Barnet Healthwatch – Patient and public event 11

Enfield CCG – Patient and public event 24

St Luke’s, Islington Group (with Healthwatch Islington) – patient

group 9

Haringey CCG open event 26

Camden Healthwatch Group – community event 7

Camden Carers’ Group – meeting with carers in Camden 3

Enfield Healthwatch public event – patient public event 23

Gendered Intelligence – patient group 2

TOTAL 181

In addition to these public events, stakeholder meetings were held. Members of the

programme team also attended external meetings to seek feedback on the case for change.

Table 20: Stakeholder meetings

Engagement Forum Meetings/Events (number of

events per stakeholder group) Numbers

Commissioners 7 54

Providers67 10 287

Local authority 6 22

Total 36 544

67 These are in addition to the clinical design workshop and included all current NCL providers of orthopaedic services

(independent sector and NHS)

Page 78: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

78

Alongside these in-depth engagement opportunities, wider reach was achieved by open calls

for involvement and the sharing of the case for change through organisational channels,

including electronic and print bulletins, mail outs, and social media. The case for change was

also available on the NLP website and included an online questionnaire. Communications on

the case for change reached a total of 58,710 people, most of whom lived in north London.

The engagement exercise was informed by an initial Equalities Impact Assessment (EIA)

which set out responsibilities of commissioners under the Equality Act 2010 and assessed

likely impact on groups sharing protected characteristics or others at risk of health

inequalities (deprivation, caring responsibility).

This identified groups with disproportionate need for elective orthopaedic surgery or

differential need. For example, females and males may have different needs to access a

service but there is no evidence to suggest that either females or males have a

disproportionate need. (See section 7.6)

Communication about the review and case for change and promotion of the engagement to

the scoped-in groups was through a mix of thirteen different community channels (e.g.

newsletters) provided by Healthwatch organisations and CCGs in each of the five boroughs

in north central London, plus a further four regular publications aimed at local patients

produced by four of the providers.

In addition, direct approaches were made to organisations and networks with reach to all of

the scoped-in groups. Invitations to participate in the engagement in a format appropriate to

each group were delivered. As a result, 26 organisations participated and there were nine

meetings and events relevant to equalities communities.

All groups scoped in through the equalities impact assessment participated in the

engagement exercise, with engagement methodology shaped in line with their preferences

for participation: some preferred one-to-one conversations, some preferred to be part of a

wider group conversation and others preferred to participate in an event established

especially for their group e.g. those with learning disabilities.

7.3.1 Engagement on key design principles

A series of five clinical design workshops between July and November 2018. The workshops

aimed to establish:

An outline pathway

Emerging design principles

Areas needing further attention during the subsequent stage of the review.

The workshops ran concurrently with the engagement on a draft case for change. Although

separate exercises, there was some overlap in those attending the workshops and those

attending engagement meetings on the draft case for change, and the two processes were

complementary.

Scope of the workshops

The five workshops took place between July and November. In total 63 people attended the

workshops, drawn from the review group, wider clinical teams in acute trusts, patient

representatives (nominated by the five Healthwatch organisations in NCL) and clinicians

working in a community setting (for workshop 4). All attendees were also asked to attend the

Page 79: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

79

final plenary session which summed up the outputs from all four workshops. A few additional

attendees, mainly clinical commissioners (including colleagues from neighbouring

CCGs/STPs outside north central London), were also asked to attend the plenary to enable

them to hear the feedback from the workshops.

The workshops covered the following areas:

Session 1 – Learning from others (18 July 2018): Speakers were invited from

south west London to talk about the operation of the South West London Elective

Orthopaedic Centre (SWLEOC), Greater Manchester Health and Social Care

Partnership and the Royal Free Group to share their experiences of similar

programmes of work separating planned and emergency orthopaedic activity

Session 2 – Developing the vision and high-level operating principles for NCL

service (12 September 2018): Session focused on the acute elements of the high-

level pathway and case-mix considerations

Session 3 – Managing dependencies and identifying factors that might

undermine a new model of working (19 September 2018): Session looked at

workforce considerations, alongside key dependencies (trauma, paediatrics and

spinal surgery)

Session 4 – Ensuring alignment with pre and post-operative pathways (31

October 2018): Session focused on the community elements of the end-to-end

pathway, particularly core components of a single point of access and the

arrangement of rehabilitation and follow-up in a community setting

Session 5 – Plenary session (7 November 2018): Fed back the emerging themes

from the first four design workshops and outlined key areas where further

consideration is required.

7.3.2 Feedback from engagement on the draft case for change

The following table sets out the main areas of feedback from the draft case for change

engagement process, and details how/where they have been addressed.

Table 21: Main areas of feedback68

Main area raised during engagement Addressed through

Patient experience: Patients with vulnerabilities (e.g. those with learning disabilities, dementia, and/or mental health issues) might find it difficult to travel to and find their way around an unfamiliar hospital, with unfamiliar staff. It was suggested that consideration could be given to having people available to assist them on arrival.

Clinical delivery model: Inclusion of care co-ordination function in the proposed model of care and transport section.

Options appraisal: Included a scored section on patients with vulnerabilities within the patient experience section (criterion 3).

Continuity of care: There were several points raised around the subject of continuity of care.

Clinical delivery model: This was specific about where pre-operative

68 Verve engagement evaluation report, North Central London adult elective orthopaedic services review’ pages 5-6, NCL

CCGs Joint Commissioning Committee 6 December 2018

Page 80: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

80

Main area raised during engagement Addressed through

In the majority of cases, these were about the location of pre-operative assessments and post-operative care/rehabilitation. These comments indicate that there is a need for the review to clearly explain where these activities would take place at the next stage of engagement.

assessment and patient education sit in the pathway.

Options appraisal: Detailed consideration was given to the fit with the clinical delivery model (criterion 1) and about how providers who put themselves forward to be an elective centre propose plan to manage patient education and pre-operative assessment.

Patients with complex needs: It was not clear where patients with complex needs (e.g. those with comorbidities) would have their surgery. This is a growing section of the population and it would be important for the review to produce clear and well justified recommendations.

Clinical delivery model: Included an essential requirement for all proposed elective centres to have an HDU to be able to manage medically and orthopedically complex patients safely.

Options appraisal: Criterion 1 included an assessment of providers’ proposals around inclusion of an HDU, case-mix and managing clinical complexity.

Integration: Contributors stressed the importance of joined-up working and integration between clinical, social care and rehabilitation services. The role of an integrated IT system was important if care is to be delivered across multiple locations.

Clinical delivery model: Included a section on digital requirements for the new system.

Options appraisal: IT and digital considerations were included as part of the deliverability score (criterion 2).

Travel (always a key concern for public and patients): With the assumption that future proposals could mean more time and money spent on travelling to appointments, as well as the potential impact on those with mobility impairments and/or economically deprived residents. There were repeated comments suggesting that an in-depth transport analysis should be considered so that the implications could be fully understood.

Clinical delivery model: Included a section on transport requirements.

Options appraisal: Criterion 3: patient experience specifically addressed transport considerations.

Public consultation: a detailed travel analysis is being undertaken to enable concerns and issues raised to be addressed throughout the proposed public consultation. It would be published as part of the proposed public consultation.

Across the system: A number of people mentioned the potential risk of unintended/indirect consequences for other parts of the local health economy. For example, loss of elective income could damage the viability of services at base hospitals, and the separation of trauma and elective orthopaedic work could have a

Clinical delivery model: Included sections on interdependent services.

Options appraisal: Hurdle criteria were included on whole system financial impact of any proposals. Criterion 4: impact on other services, looks at the impact on other services of options to be an elective centre.

Page 81: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

81

Main area raised during engagement Addressed through

detrimental effect on staff training, skills, job satisfaction and retention/recruitment.

System-wide sense check: Has been built-in to take place after the options appraisal process in order to take a step back and ensure that the preferred options are congruent when taken as a whole.

Patient choice: Some members of the public raised concerns about the potential restriction of patient choice through consolidating elective services onto a small number of sites.

Clinical delivery model: The clinical delivery model was developed with patients, clinicians, staff and residents, to ensure that referrals would continue to be made to base hospitals, with pre- and post-operative care managed locally. Surgeons from the base hospital would carry out surgery at the elective centre(s). Patient choice would still exist to enable patients to access care providers both within and outside north central London.

The model: More detail and reassurance were sought about the practicality of separating ‘hot’ and ‘cold’ work, based on the concern that staff might be pulled back to trauma work at times of high demand, winter pressures etc.

Clinical delivery model: The preferred model of care has been based on the successful model of care in south west London (SWLEOC).

Options appraisal: This would test the deliverability of the options put forward and any unintended consequences. Experts from the trauma network would provide an assessment of the viability of plans.

Page 82: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

82

7.4. Process for developing the criteria

Proposed assessment criteria were included in the draft case for change which was the

subject of an engagement process from August to October 2018.

Figure 11: Engagement process for developing the criteria

Drawing on the extensive engagement around the draft case for change, the adult elective

orthopaedic services programme executive developed an initial proposal for evaluating

provider options, including the clinical delivery model criteria. These proposals were then

tested with a range of key stakeholders, including through a workshop with clinical and

patient representatives. The proposed criteria and weightings were amended as a result of

this feedback (see section 8).

7.5. Governance and assurance for involvement and consultation

Collaboration to involve all groups of people who may be affected by the proposals is

enabled through existing and well-established NCL communications and engagement

channels and structures rather than setting-up a separate standalone workstream. This

delivers the strategy and action plan for involvement and consultation. Within the programme

governance structure, the communications and engagement lead reports to the programme

director.

Additionally, The Consultation Institute, a not-for-profit best-practice institute promoting high

quality public and stakeholder consultation, has been commissioned to work with the

programme team and provide assurance around the development of consultation approach

and materials. In addition, a time-limited task-focused consultation planning group would be

established to underpin the development of an inclusive, robust consultation.

The communications team relies on a number of key relationships to support delivery, which

include:

CCG and trust patient reference groups

Page 83: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

83

Healthwatch organisations

NHS England and NHS Improvement communications and involvement teams

Voluntary sector agencies and advocates.

7.6 Public sector equality duty

The Public Sector Equality Duty (PSED) was created by the Equality Act 2010 to harmonise

the previous race, disability and gender equality duties and to extend protection to the new

protected characteristics listed in the act. The PSED replaced these duties and came into

force on 5 April 2011.

The duty covers age, disability, sex, gender reassignment, pregnancy and maternity, race,

religion or belief and sexual orientation. It applies in England, Scotland and in Wales. The

general equality duty is set out in section 149 of the Equality Act 2010.

In summary, those subject to the general equality duty must have ‘due regard’ to the need

to:

a. Eliminate unlawful discrimination, harassment and victimisation and other conduct

prohibited by the Act

b. Advance equality of opportunity between people who share a protected characteristic

c. Foster good relations between people who share a protected characteristic and those

who do not.

The equality impact assessment (EIA) process is designed to ensure that a project, policy or

scheme does not discriminate against any disadvantaged or vulnerable people or groups.

This ensures the NHS pays ‘due regard’ to the matters covered by Public Sector Equality

Duty.

7.6.1 Summary

The approach to undertaking an integrated health inequalities and equality impact

assessment has been described in detail in section 4.4. The stage 1 integrated health

inequalities and equality impact assessment, which was produced in September 2018, has

been shared with key stakeholders as well as being made publicly available, focused on

supporting the review process to ensure that North London Partners in Health and Care has

considered the potential impacts on those characteristics protected under the Equality Act

20102, including those who identify as carers. The pre-consultation equalities and health

inequalities impact assessment (stage 2 within the process) is due in December 2019 and

will be published alongside the consultation.

7.7 Local authority scrutiny

CCGs are under a duty to consult with the local authority about any proposals for a

substantial development or variation of service. Therefore, in line with scrutiny regulations,

the North Central London Joint Health Overview and Scrutiny Committee is leading a joint

scrutiny process for these proposals.

Since the start of the programme, the North Central London (JHOSC) has been engaged on

the development of the proposals:

23 March 2018 – initial presentation to the JHOSC setting out the rationale for the

review and proposed approach

Page 84: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

84

30 November 2018 – presentation setting out the feedback from the pre-consultation

engagement and next steps

March 2019 – written update to the JHOSC on the next steps for the review

21 June 2019 – presentation to the JHOSC updating them on the features of the

clinical delivery model and process for managing the options appraisal process

27 September 2019 – presentation to the JHOSC setting out the proposed model of

care following the options appraisal process and proposed approach to public

consultation.

There is also a local authority representative on the programme board. The Lead Member

for Health and Social Care (or committee lead) and Directors of Adult Social Services have

been regularly briefed about the proposals during their development and their input sought.

This section outlines the options appraisal process, the proposals submitted from

provider hospitals, how the options appraisal panel worked, the scoring criteria and

the final panel scoring decisions.

The process of assessing and selecting a preferred option is an important step before a

public consultation and we have involved our stakeholders, clinicians, patients and residents

fully.

The proposals were developed in an innovative, collaborative way between the providers of

health services in north central London. A number of steps have happened along the way

which have narrowed the number of options that could be considered and have led to the

proposed service model which is being put forward for consultation.

Over the summer and autumn of 2018, a series of clinical design workshops were held with

commissioners, clinicians, patients and residents. These clinical design workshops did not

start with a predetermined view of the service model that should be put forward; rather they

considered how similar service models have been implemented elsewhere, as well as

specific elements of the service model (the patient pathway, clinical interdependencies and

fit with primary and community services), and brought all these aspects together in a final

plenary session with conclusions for validation by a wider group of stakeholders. Full details

of the clinical design workshops are set out in section 7.1.3 of this document.

The output of the clinical design workshops was reviewed alongside the feedback from the

pre-consultation engagement exercise and a number of clinical design principles were

developed for the new service and agreed by the NCL JCC in December 2018.

The design principles agreed by the NCL JCC were:

Differentiation of ‘levels or tiers’ of service at different hospitals

Partnership approach with all hospitals being seen as a ‘base’ hospitals with a stake

in an elective centre

Staffing model with clinical staff working into the unit from the local trusts, particularly

surgeons following the patient to the elective centre and providing continuity of care

Development of common standards and pathways approach, overseen by a Network

with a standard set of outcomes that all organisations should adhere to and are used

to measure success with clinical governance/oversight over them

8. Options appraisal process

Page 85: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

85

All pre-operative and post-operative outpatient care to stay at base hospitals (i.e. as

at present)

Paediatrics, trauma, spinal surgery to stay at base hospitals (i.e. as at present). For

paediatrics the base hospital would act as a filter, with complex referrals continuing to

go to GOSH and RNOH

Care-coordination function (navigators) to be included in the new model, to work

across base hospitals and elective centre(s), with a particular focus on vulnerable

patients

Multidisciplinary team working to be a core component of the model – need to

develop expectations about how this would operate. Noted that there should be

opportunities to do some of this virtually

High Dependency Unit – elective centre needs to be able to manage a range of

conditions and complexity, to do this they will require appropriate back-up medical

services and step-up care.

There were six areas identified where additional focus would be needed in the next stage of

the review:

System sustainability particularly the financial model

Keeping the focus on the patient, particularly travel, ease with which patients can

understand the model and development of integrated pathways

Developing a pathway that crosses organisational boundaries, particularly where

patient education (Joint School) and pre-operative assessment should sit in the

pathway and clarity about clinical responsibility at each stage in the process

Agreeing the clinical case-mix in the new model, particularly around day-cases and

complex patients

Modelling about the impact of any changes on the management of key dependencies

at base hospitals (trauma, paediatrics and spinal surgery)

System enablers, particularly IT interoperability and workforce considerations.

As a direct consequence of the clinical design principles, in January 2019 the NCL JCC

agreed that, because of the interdependencies with other services, particularly emergency

care and the need to provide high dependency support, planned orthopaedic services

should remain within the NHS by way of variations to existing annual contracts.

Between January 2019 and May 2019, further work was undertaken to develop and refine

the service model and address the areas that had been identified at the NCL JCC as

needing further consideration. Three more workshops were held, which again involved

commissioners, clinicians, patients and residents: a workshop in March to look at refining the

service model, a further workshop in March to consider digital interoperability, and a final

workshop in April to consider the options appraisal criteria.

Alongside these workshops additional expertise was brought into the programme team:

In the same way that a joint senior responsible officer for the programme was chosen

from commissioners and providers, it was felt that there should be a trust finance

lead trust. Expressions of interest were sought from acute providers’ directors of

finance to act as a single provider finance lead for the review and join the programme

executive. They would work with Simon Goodwin, STP chief finance officer as the

commissioner finance lead. David Stacey, director of finance at the North Middlesex

was appointed, and a finance workstream initiated to focus on the financial modelling

continued to meet until October 2019.

Page 86: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

86

In January 2019, expressions of interest were sought for an external clinical advisor.

Phil Mitchell, medical director of the South West London Elective Orthopaedic

Centre, was appointed to the role.

In May 2019, drawing on these additional inputs, the NCL JCC agreed a clinical delivery

model for the new service, based on the clinical design principles which had already been

agreed. This set out three tests which had to be met:

The provider must already be a provider of planned orthopaedic surgery

The dedicated operating theatres and supporting facilities for orthopaedic care must

be located on a site operated by members of North London Partners in Health and

Care

The option must demonstrate a favourable income and expenditure impact for the

system after two years of operation.

The clinical delivery model also set out in detail the full range of essential clinical criteria

which any option would be required to fulfil. This clinical delivery model can be found in

chapter 5.

Each of the five eligible NHS organisations in north central London was invited to put forward

options that would meet these requirements. The invitation set out the ambition for a system-

wide partnership approach to delivering services, rather than establishing a competitive

process in which providers compete with each other to deliver services. Providers were able

to submit proposals to become a base hospital, an elective centre, or both. There was,

however, no predetermined view about the option or options which should be put forward.

The deadline for proposals was noon on 5 July 2019, and two joint proposals were received:

North Middlesex University Hospital NHS Trust and The Royal Free London NHS

Foundation Trust

University College London Hospitals NHS Foundation Trust and Whittington Health

NHS Trust.

In putting forward these proposals, providers themselves discounted some remaining

options:

A single elective centre covering the whole of north central London

An elective centre at Whittington Health focusing on inpatient orthopaedic activity

An elective centre at the North Middlesex Hospital focusing on inpatient orthopaedic

activity.

The Royal National Orthopaedic Hospital chose not to submit a proposal to be a local

elective centre. It will continue in its role as a super specialist centre providing local and

national tertiary care and would be a key partner in developing local services, therefore

discounting itself as an elective inpatient centre.

The scoring of the non-financial criteria was carried out by a panel consisting of patients,

residents and clinical commissioners. The detail of the scoring is set out later on in this

chapter in section 8.7. In summary, the panel considered the two partnership options put

forward to be complementary and that both options not only met the criteria but were also

better than the status quo.

Following the options appraisal process, a collaborative system-wide sense check took place

with provider trusts, patients, residents and commissioners to ensure that there were no

unintended consequences arising from the preferred option.

Page 87: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

87

The outcome of the options appraisal and system-wide sense check were informally

reported to the NCL JCC and key stakeholders prior to being presented to the London

Clinical Senate for review.

It is this preferred option which would form the basis of a future public consultation.

8.1. The process for selecting a preferred option

Figure 12: Submissions of options process

Process for the submission of options

At the Joint Commissioning Committee meeting on 3 January 2019, a decision was made

that the services under the newly configured clinical delivery model would remain within the

NHS by way of variations to existing annual contracts to ensure providers could meet

essential criteria.

Following the NCL JCC meeting on 2 May 2019 each of the five eligible NHS organisations

was invited to submit a proposal to deliver adult elective orthopaedic services in NCL.

Organisations were able to submit proposals to be a base hospital, an elective centre or

both. The organisations approached were:

North Middlesex University Hospitals NHS Trust

Royal Free London NHS Foundation Trust

Royal National Orthopaedic Hospitals NHS Trust

University College London NHS Foundation Trust

Whittington Health NHS Trust.

The invitation set out the ambition for a system-wide partnership approach to delivering

services rather than a traditional competitive process focused on individual organisations.

To support organisations put together their submissions the programme team:

Offered support to providers to advise on bid writing and materials and capacity to

support finance and activity modelling

Hosted an expert event on 26 June 2019 involving Health Education England (HEE) and

wider stakeholders to help inform the education and training section of the submission

Page 88: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

88

Hosted a collaborative workshop on 12 June, approximately halfway through the

process, for providers to share their emerging proposals and gain visibility about any

intersections between provider submissions, particularly around key dependencies.

8.2. Proposals submission

The deadline for proposal submission was noon on 5 July 2019. Two partnership proposals

were received:

North Middlesex University Hospitals NHS Trust and Royal Free London NHS

Foundation Trust

University College London NHS Foundation Trust and Whittington Health NHS Trust.

The Royal National Orthopaedic Hospital chose not to submit a proposal to be a local

elective centre. It continues in its role as a super specialist hospital providing local and

national tertiary care and would be a key partner in developing local services.

8.3. Creating the shortlist

Each proposal was required to meet a number of hurdle criteria in the options that they put

forward. The shortlist was made up of all options that met these hurdles.

The hurdle criteria used were designed to ensure that they did not rule out options that made

use of any site available to the providers, or collaborations between providers or between

providers and the private sector, providing the options put forward supported delivery of the

requirements set out in the clinical delivery model.

Table 22: The hurdle criteria

Criteria Description

Existing

provider

That the provider is already a provider of elective orthopaedic services.

North London

Partners in

Health and

Care

Elective centres located on a site operated by member of the

Sustainability and Transformation Partnership, North London Partners

in Health and Care.

Financial

Demonstrate a favourable income and expenditure impact for the

system after two years of operation, against a counterfactual69 including

growth and cost of growth.

Within the health system70 we anticipate that:

Commissioners would continue to purchase the same volume of

activity regardless of the model that is adopted.

In the short term there would be financial winners and losers

amongst the providers of services resulting from these changes. It

69 A projection of how finances would appear if the proposals were not to go ahead 70 The methodology described for assessing the financial impact on the health system has been written on the basis that

Payment by Results (PbR) continues to be the framework by which money moves around the system and all organisations are held to account for separate control targets. We appreciate that this system is changing; PbR is likely to be replaced and system-wide control targets would be introduced. As the new framework becomes clearer the methodology for assessing the financial impact of each option may need to change. However, any new methodology would continue to concentrate upon the changes to the cost of the whole system, the efficiencies generated and the impact on legacy services.

Page 89: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

89

Criteria Description

may be necessary for providers to agree short-term financial

arrangements to mitigate for any temporary losses.

To meet this hurdle condition each proposal would need to be

demonstrate that:

The cost to commissioners would be no more than the cost of

orthopaedics if there were to be no development. It follows that: any

changes to the patient pathway do not result in new Payment by

Results (PbR) costs (such as additional outpatients attendances),

there is no net increase to the prices from Market Forces Factor

(MFF) variations or other factors and there are no new costs that

providers expect commissioners to fund.

The provider proposing the option is able to show that the elective

centre is a more efficient model of care with lower costs than the

current model of care. If there are new costs associated with the

model such as capital costs or patient transport costs, then these

must be offset against savings elsewhere.

Other acute providers impacted by the change to elective

orthopaedics should be able to show that the impact on the cost of

trauma and other legacy services is negligible, and that any

stranded costs associated with the loss of elective surgery could be

rapidly absorbed.

There should be no cost implications for community or primary care

services.

Both the proposals submitted were reviewed and assessed to have met the initial hurdle

criteria, they were therefore put forward for more detailed evaluation as part of the options

appraisal process, this consisted of two elements:

Assessment of non-financial criteria carried out on 17 July 2019.

Initial assessment of financial criteria carried out on 18 July 2019.

8.4. Assessment of non-financial criteria

The panel

The scoring of the non-financial criteria was carried out by a panel consisting of clinical

commissioners, together with patients and residents. The panel comprised of:

Planned care clinical lead, NCL CCGs and GP representative Camden CCG

GP lead, Enfield CCG

Lead Director of Quality, NCL CCGs

Director of Commissioning, Barnet CCG

Director of Finance, NCL CCGs, scoring together with the Director of Finance, Barnet

CCG

Director of Strategy, NCL CCGs

Director of Strategic Commissioning, North East London CCGs.

Page 90: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

90

Patient and resident panel representation

Ensuring there was effective patient and public representation on the panel was fundamental

to achieving our aim of putting patients and residents at the heart of the redesign process.

Drawing on the desktop equalities impact assessment, six patient and resident

representatives were recruited to the panel. They consisted of:

Two representatives who attend the programme board

Two representatives who had attended previous workshops

Two new representatives from NCL.

To recruit the new representatives, an NCL-wide recruitment campaign took place, delivered

in partnership with Healthwatch, providers and the voluntary sector. As a result of this

exercise, 18 residents expressed an interest in being part of the panel.

Not everyone who expressed an interest could be accommodated on the panel. To ensure

as wide a range of opinions and voices as possible could be represented during the non-

financial evaluation, all patients and residents who expressed an interest were invited to

attend a workshop. All views captured on that day were used to inform the patient and

resident contribution to the evaluation process.

To support patients and residents navigate the process, a training session was provided to

all participants prior to the options appraisal day. The event aimed to explain objectives of

the day and the evaluation process itself.

Additional support

On the day expert independent support to the process, including review and analysis of all

the provider submissions, was provided by NEL CSU. Two independent clinical advisers,

both orthopaedic surgeons, were also present: Phil Mitchell, Medical Director at the South

West London Elective Orthopaedic Centre; and Professor John Skinner, surgeon at the

Royal National Orthopaedic Centre and with an academic at University College London.

Expert specialist input and written advice was sought and shared with the panel to assist

their deliberations:

North west London spinal network and north London trauma network were asked to

provide written feedback around these key dependencies

HEE and a range of independent clinical inputs to review workforce implications

NCL estates and digital programme teams

NHS England Specialised Commissioning.

8.5. Options appraisal day

On 17 July 2019, a formal options appraisal day was held to evaluate the submissions

against the non-financial criteria.

At the start of the session, each partnership of providers was asked to present to the panel

focusing on:

How the option submitted would be an improvement on current service delivery

How the option submitted would be delivered and how risks around delivery had

been mitigated.

Scoring methodology

Page 91: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

91

The purpose of the day was to assess each of the collaborative options against how services

work at the moment. As the two submissions received were not in competition with each

other, they were each scored against the status quo.

Voting panel members were asked to consider their score for each proposal and compare it

to the status quo for each sub-criterion (i.e. the continuing impact of not changing how

elective orthopaedics are delivered). For both options the panel agreed to score the status

quo at 2 for all criterion and sub-criterion, apart from deliverability which was scored at a 5

(as the status quo is by definition going to be straightforward to deliver).

The aim was to reach a consensus score with which all attendees were content. Where

consensus was not achieved, panel members’ individual scores were averaged. A scale of 0

to 5 was used with 0 demonstrating weak evidence that the proposal would improve the

quality of care and 5 demonstrating exceptional improvement compared to the status quo.

Table 23: options appraisal criterion scoring

Score Comments

0 Very weak or not answered

1 Poor

2 Satisfactory

3 Good

4 Very good

5 Exceptional

Before each criterion was discussed, the panel considered ‘score calibration’. It was made

clear that if the group felt that there was insufficient information supplied to agree a score, a

provisional score could be awarded, or no score given, and more information sought.

The differences in scores between different options was noted to enable the programme

board of the adult elective orthopaedic services review and the senior management

committee of the NCL CCGs to consider the robustness of the scoring as part of their

discussions to put forward a recommendation to the Joint Commissioning Committee of the

NCL CCGs.

8.6. Non-financial criteria

The following scoring matrix was approved by the NCL JCC on 2 May 2019 and used to

score both of the partnership options that were submitted.

To ensure complete transparency about the process that was going to be undertaken, it was

issued to providers with the clinical delivery model on 17 May 2019.

Page 92: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

92

Table 24: non-financial criteria

Criteria Detail of what was to be assessed Sub-section

weighting

Section

weighting

Criterion 1:

Fit with the

clinical delivery

model

How the provider proposes to deliver

the essential and innovation features

of the clinical delivery model to achieve

effective, safe care for patients?

50%

40% How well the provider’s workforce plan

supports the aspirations of the clinical

delivery model?

40%

The provider’s proposals for improving

education, training and research

capability in NCL?

10%

Criterion 2:

Deliverability

Material risks that could delay or

prevent a decision from being made 65%

20% Material risks that could delay or

prevent the scheme from being

implemented once a decision to

proceed has been taken.

35%

Criterion 3:

Patient

experience

How well does the option offer a quality

service tailored to the needs of patients

with vulnerabilities or those with

complex needs (non-medical)?

30%

25% How would the option deliver an

accessible service for all patients and

carers in north central London?

40%

How would the option improve patients’

experience of care? 30%

Criterion 4:

Impact on other

services

Trauma services 60%

15% Paediatric and adolescent surgery 10%

Spinal surgery 10%

Primary and community services 20%

The final scoring matrix was considerably amended following a workshop on 1 April 2019

involving clinicians and patients and resident representatives. The changes made to the

matrix are set out in Appendix B.1.

The detail to be considered in the evaluation of each criterion and sub-criterion follows:

Page 93: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

93

Table 25: Criterion 1: Fit with the clinical delivery model

Sub-criterion Description

How does the option deliver the

essential innovation features of the

clinical delivery model to achieve

effective, safe care for patients?

The assessment would take account of how the

essential requirements and innovation features of

the clinical delivery model would be met.

How well the provider’s workforce

plan supports the aspirations of

the clinical delivery model?

The assessment would cover how:

The roles at elective centres would be put in

place

The key workforce principles would be met

NLP STP workforce programme alignment

would be achieved.

The provider’s proposals for

improving education, training and

research capability in NCL?

Improved research outcomes [Pointers

high scoring options would demonstrate that

the quality and quantity of research would be

enhanced and that there would be patient

benefits accruing]

Impact on education and training [Pointers

Scoring would recognise that there could be

both positive and negative impacts on

education and training]

Criterion 2: Deliverability – definition: the relative difficulty associated with bringing the option

to completion.

Providers were not asked to submit a specific response in relation to this criterion. This

criterion was assessed holistically against all the information provided for each option.

Table 26: Criterion 2: Deliverability

Sub-criterion Description

Material risks that could delay or

prevent a decision from being

made.

The assessment would take account of:

The degree of support from key stakeholders

that the proposal is able to demonstrate

The complexity of the proposal including factors

such as whether the project would need to

obtain capital funding before it could receive

support

The complexity of the governance

arrangements for making a decision

If the demonstration that the proposal is

affordable is likely to be difficult and/or require

compromise and negotiation between

stakeholders.

Page 94: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

94

High-scoring options would demonstrate that there

would be no risk or that risk is not applicable to the

proposal.

Material risks that could delay or

prevent the scheme from being

implemented once a decision to

proceed has been taken.

The assessment would take account of

implementation programmes that involve:

Complex governance arrangements

High implementation costs

Significant change required to business

processes or IT systems

Significant disruption to the workforce and/or

ways of working

Major capital works

Challenges associated with maintaining safe

and efficient patient services during the

implementation stage.

While high-scoring options could demonstrate that

there would be no risk or that risk is not applicable

to the proposal, if a risk is acknowledged but

mitigated sufficiently it could still score well.

Table 27: Criterion 3: Patient Experience

Sub-criterion Description

How well does the option offer a

quality service tailored to the

needs of patients with

vulnerabilities or those with

complex needs (non-medical)?

Options would be assessed against the extent to

which they have considered patients with

additional needs, either through (non-medical)

complexity or vulnerability, in terms of planning of

the service model.

How would the option deliver an

accessible service for all patients

and carers in north central

London?

Options would be assessed against both the

design of the service model and plans to meet

transport requirements.

How would the option improve

patients’ experience of care?

Options would be scored on the extent to which

the proposed model of care would improve

patients’ experience of orthopaedic services. This

would include how options would meet the

performance measures in the clinical delivery

model.

Criterion 4: impact on other services was assessed by looking at all of the submissions

provided as part of the submissions of options process, including those from providers who

only envisaged a role for their organisation as a base hospital.

Page 95: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

95

Table 28: Criterion 4: Impact on other services

Sub-criterion Description

Paediatric and

adolescent surgery

Options would be assessed on the likely impact of the option on

paediatric and adolescent surgery in north central London as a

whole.

Trauma Options would be assessed on the likely impact of the option on

trauma services in north central London as a whole.

Spinal surgery Options would be assessed on the likely impact of the option on

spinal surgery in north central London as a whole.

Primary and

community services

Options would be assessed on the likely impact of the option on

primary and community services in north central London as a

whole.

8.7 Scoring against the non-financial criteria

On 17 July 2019, the options appraisal panel met for a full day of deliberation to assess both

the partnership options which had been submitted.

The panel welcomed the really positive engagement from clinicians and management. It was

clear that lots of thought and effort had gone into the collaborative submissions. The panel’s

view was that both submissions were clearly an improvement on the status quo and met the

aspirations of the clinical delivery model. The panel also recognised that research and

training opportunities had been positively articulated. The panel acknowledged the

importance of the clinical network in delivering change.

The panel was impressed by the thought that had been put into how the new models of care

would support patients with vulnerabilities and complex non-medical needs. It felt that this

represented a huge step change compared to current ways of working as a system. The

panel fed back that both models had the potential to improve the overall experience of care

for patients in north central London.

Table 30 is a summary and narrative of the scores for each submission. Tables 31 and 32

set out the scores in full for each partnership bid for each criterion and sub-criterion,

The only area where the panel was unable to score either submission was on the impact on

spinal services in criterion 4. This area was removed from the assessment, and further

information has been sought following the options appraisal process.

To assist the panel in its deliberations, external written feedback was provided by a number

of external stakeholders: spinal network, trauma network, NHS England specialised

commissioning, STP estates and digital programme teams and HEE and workforce

specialists. Stakeholders were all asked to provide detailed written comments as well as a

RAG rating to assess whether each option would enhance or detract compared to the status

quo. All of the external RAG ratings were either green or amber, suggesting that none would

result in a detrimental position compared to the status quo.

Page 96: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

96

Table 29: Submission scores - summary

North Middlesex/Royal Free

partnership

UCLH/Whittington Health

partnership

Overall

Overall the submission also scored

significantly above the status quo,

with the option scoring 39.92

unweighted against a status quo of

28.00 (the maximum score

achievable was 60.00). Weighted

these scores were 3.71 against a

status quo of 2.57 (with a maximum

score of 5.00). The panel felt that

many of the issues and

improvements were common to both

bids.

Overall the submission scored

significantly above the status quo,

with the option scoring 39.35

unweighted against a status quo of

28.00 (the maximum score achievable

was 60.00). Weighted these scores

were 3.71 against a status quo of 2.57

(with a maximum score of 5.00). The

panel felt that many of the issues and

improvements were common to both

bids.

Criterion

1

The option scored significantly better

than the status quo for criteria 1, fit

with the clinical delivery model,

indicating that the panel felt that the

option would deliver real

improvements to clinical outcomes,

workforce and education and training,

and that the trusts’ proposals met the

clinical specification. The highest

scoring area was education and

training where the panel felt that the

proposal demonstrated significant

opportunities to enhance clinical

practice and development across all

disciplines.

The option scored significantly better

than the status quo for criteria 1, fit

with the clinical delivery model,

indicating that the panel felt that the

option would deliver real

improvements to clinical outcomes,

workforce and education and training,

and that the trusts’ proposals met the

clinical specification. The highest

scoring area was education and

training where the panel felt that the

proposal demonstrated significant

opportunities to enhance clinical

practice and development across all

disciplines.

Criterion

2

The option scored marginally below

the status quo for criteria 2,

deliverability, indicating that the panel

felt that there would no significant

complications with implementing the

changes proposed.

The option scored marginally below

the status quo for criteria 2,

deliverability, indicating that the panel

felt that there should be no significant

complications with implementing the

changes proposed. The panel noted

that the service would require the

fitting out of new clinical space in the

new hospital phase 4 development

(under construction) and as a result

there could potentially be delays in

the implementation.

Page 97: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

97

North Middlesex/Royal Free

partnership

UCLH/Whittington Health

partnership

Criterion

3

Within criteria 3, patient experience

the option scored significantly better

than the status quo for the needs of

patients with vulnerabilities and the

experience of care, indicating that the

panel recognised significant

improvements that would be seen by

patients in areas such as reduced

cancellations. The score for

accessibility was only slightly better

than the status quo. Although it was

recognised that access to patient

pathways would improve the panel

had concerns about how patients’

travel would be impacted particularly

for those that relied upon public

transport.

Within criteria 3, patient experience,

the option scored significantly better

than the status quo for those patients

with vulnerabilities, indicating that the

panel recognised significant

improvements that would be seen by

patients in areas such as reduced

cancellations. The score for

accessibility was only slightly better

than the status quo. Although it was

recognised that access to patient

pathways would improve the panel

had concerns about how patients’

travel would be impacted particularly

for those that could not use public

transport for access to UCLH.

Criterion

4

The option scored only marginally

better than the status quo for criteria

4, impact on other services. The

panel felt that the changes would

have some positive impacts on the

trauma service and on primary and

community services. However, they

were not able to discern any impact

on orthopaedics services for

children. There was felt to be

insufficient information to score the

impact on spinal services and further

clinical information was to be sought

after the options appraisal process

about how spinal surgery would be

managed across the Royal Free

sites.

The option scored only marginally

better than the status quo for criteria

4, impact on other services. The panel

felt that the changes would have

some positive impacts on the trauma

service and on primary and

community services. However, they

were not able to discern any impact

on orthopaedics services for

children. There was felt to be

insufficient information to score the

impact on spinal services and further

clinical information was to be sought

after the options appraisal process

about the spinal surgery service at

Whittington Health following any

proposed changes.

Page 98: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

98

Table 30: Scoring for NMUH/Royal Free proposal

North Middlesex/Royal FreeUnweighted Weighted Unweighted Weighted

Weighting Average Score Average Score Average Score Average Score

Criterion 1: Fit with the clinical delivery model

Delivering features of the clinical model 20.0% 3.73 0.75 2.00 0.40

Workforce plan 16.0% 3.46 0.55 2.00 0.32

Education & Training 4.0% 4.46 0.18 2.00 0.08

Total for criterion 40.0% 11.65 1.48 6.00 0.80

Criterion 2: Deliverability

Risk to the decision making 13.0% 4.50 0.59 5.00 0.65

Risk to the implementation 7.0% 4.35 0.30 5.00 0.35

Total for criterion 20.0% 8.85 0.89 10.00 1.00

Criterion 3: Patient Experience

Needs of patients with vulnerabilities… 7.5% 4.62 0.35 2.00 0.15

Accessibility 10.0% 2.62 0.26 2.00 0.20

Improved experience of care 7.5% 4.35 0.33 2.00 0.15

Total for criterion 25.0% 11.58 0.93 6.00 0.50

Criterion 4: Impact on other services

Impact on Trauma services 9.0% 3.31 0.30 2.00 0.18

Impact on Child and Adolescent surgery 1.5% 2.00 0.03 2.00 0.03

Impact on Spinal surgery 1.5%

Impact on Primary and community services 3.0% 2.54 0.08 2.00 0.06

Total for criterion 15.0% 7.85 0.40 6.00 0.27

Total Scores 100.0% 39.92 3.71 28.00 2.57

Maximum Score 60.00 5.00 60.00 5.00

Status QuoProposal

Page 99: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

99

Table 31: Scoring for Whittington Health/UCLH proposal

Areas for additional assurance following the options appraisal process

As a result of the options appraisal process, areas were identified which needed further work

in September and October 2019 on some aspects of both bids – individually and as a single

proposition – to ensure that the two strong individual proposals would create a single service

feel for patients and staff across the whole of north central London. There were a number of

actions for all four providers after the options appraisal process to contribute to the preferred

service model, these were:

Review to be undertaken by the independent clinical adviser on three areas where

further clinical assurance or information is needed: (i) detail of how patients who

develop complications or require readmission would be managed (ii) assurance

around the management of some complex patients at base hospitals (iii) detail of

overnight cover arrangements and day-time staffing model in both proposed elective

centres

UCLH/WhittingtonUnweighted Weighted Unweighted Weighted

Weighting Average

Score

Average

Score

Average

Score

Average

Score

Criterion 1: Fit with the clinical delivery model

Delivering features of the clinical model 20.0% 3.73 0.75 2.00 0.40

Workforce plan 16.0% 4.00 0.64 2.00 0.32

Education & Training 4.0% 4.46 0.18 2.00 0.08

Total for criterion 40.0% 12.19 1.56 6.00 0.80

Criterion 2: Deliverability

Risk to the decision making 13.0% 4.50 0.59 5.00 0.65

Risk to the implementation 7.0% 3.85 0.27 5.00 0.35

Total for criterion 20.0% 8.35 0.85 10.00 1.00

Criterion 3: Patient Experience

Needs of patients with vulnerabilities… 7.5% 4.35 0.33 2.00 0.15

Accessibility 10.0% 2.65 0.27 2.00 0.20

Improved experience of care 7.5% 4.35 0.33 2.00 0.15

Total for criterion 25.0% 11.35 0.92 6.00 0.50

Criterion 4: Impact on other services

Impact on Trauma services 9.0% 2.92 0.26 2.00 0.18

Impact on Child and Adolescent surgery 1.5% 2.00 0.03 2.00 0.03

Impact on Spinal surgery 1.5%

Impact on Primary and community services 3.0% 2.54 0.08 2.00 0.06

Total for criterion 15.0% 7.46 0.37 6.00 0.27

Total Scores 100.0% 39.35 3.71 28.00 2.57

Maximum Score 60.00 5.00 60.00 5.00

Status QuoProposal

Page 100: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

100

Royal Free to provide assurance that level 2 HDU capacity would be in place at

Chase Farm and operational at the start of the new model becoming operational

Further work to be undertaken to ensure a single proposition around

o Detail of integration for post-operative community care Role of care navigators/co-

ordinators

o Requirements for digital interoperability prior to go-live – including the need for

image sharing as part of the One London programme or an NCL solution

depending on timescales

o Transport/access discharge arrangements

o Whittington and Royal Free to provide additional information about the proposed

model of care and arrangements for spinal patients, prior to further discussions

involving the spinal network.

Following feedback from the Clinical Senate in October 2019, further work is required in

partnership with trusts to explore workforce issues, how to embed quality indicators and

improvement metrics into standard operating procedures, consider the pathways into and

out of secondary care orthopaedics, shared booking systems and support for patients with

vulnerabilities. Progress to date can be found at appendix G.

8.8 Financial assessment

As part of the submission of options process, providers were asked to complete proforma to

explain the system-wide financial impact of their proposal.

The panel carrying out the financial assessment comprised of:

Chief finance officer, NCL CCGs

Director of finance, Haringey and Islington CCGs

Director of finance, Barnet CCGs

Director of commissioning, Barnet CCG.

The financial assessment of each option took into account for all of the information included

by providers in the proforma. The assessment was based on a rounded judgement looking

at all of the submissions, including those from providers who only envisaged a role for their

organisation as a base hospital.

The individuals tasked with carrying out the financial assessment did not score individual

financial responses, but used the information put forward by providers in the proforma to

report back on the expected financial impact of each option.

The driving features of this project remain the clinical and patient benefits rather than

financial savings. Consequently, the primary aim of the financial assessment was to

demonstrate that the project would not contribute to financial pressures in the health

economy and could, over the longer term, make a positive contribution.

During the initial evaluation there were constructive discussions with all parties. The panel

went onto conclude that, once fully implemented, the proposal would have no worse than a

neutral financial impact and should deliver modest cost savings. However, there was further

refinement of the financial forecasts required which has been carried out in preparation for

this PCBC. The output of this is described in section 10.

Page 101: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

101

8.9 System-wide sense check

To continue our partnership approach, following the options appraisal process a system wide

sense check took place on 22 July. The aim of the session was:

To take a step back and look from a whole system perspective at the two

submissions we have received and appraised

Check that aspects of both current service provision and potential improvements in

future services for residents of north central London have not been overlooked in the

two submissions

Review both submissions from a system perspective against both our vision for

change and the criteria by which we were judging each proposal individually.

The session provided a unique forum to share with stakeholders the emerging outcome of

the options appraisal day and receive confirmation from them that the initial vision and

aspirations of the programme continued to be met by the emerging outcome from the

options appraisal process. It helped to identify priorities for the clinical network, priorities and

impacts for other STP programmes as well as priorities/impacts to be drawn to the attention

of other programme stakeholders and further refinement of the two proposals.

8.10. Sensitivity analysis of options scoring

It is sometimes necessary in a decision-making process to test whether changes to the

some of the contentious scores would have changed the recommended preferred option.

However, this has not been necessary in this case as there was only one pair of options to

consider and there was very little variation between scores by individual panel members.

It should be noted that whilst the panel were unable to score the spinal surgery

interdependency, resolving the impact on spinal surgery services was not considered a

material impact on the conclusions of the scoring process.

9. Preferred model of care

This section outlines the preferred new model of care for adult elective orthopaedic

services, developed after the options appraisal process.

We are proposing a new way to organise planned orthopaedic surgery for patients in

north central London.

Two partnerships have been formed by local NHS hospital trusts – with University College

London Hospitals (UCLH) and Whittington Health working together, and The Royal Free

London (Royal Free, Barnet Hospital, Chase Farm Hospital) working with North Middlesex

University Hospital (North Mid). If the proposal is agreed, these partnerships would deliver

real improvements in how we provide planned orthopaedic surgery.

The partnerships would offer two hospitals with dedicated operating theatres and beds for

patients who need to stay overnight after their operation. They would also offer patients the

choice of which hospital they go to for day surgery, outpatient appointments and education

classes for patients prior to their operation. Appointments would be with a named surgeon;

the surgeon and their surgical team would stay with patients throughout their care.

Both partnerships would be overseen by a network of health professionals who would

ensure that, regardless of where patients receive care, it is of a consistently high standard.

Page 102: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

102

Evidence from the UK and around the world shows that doing surgery in operating theatres

which only do orthopaedics, means better quality of care for patients. We believe that by

organising services in this way, we would be able to improve care and help more patients

before, during and after their operation.

The proposed change could affect anyone living in our five boroughs (and a small number in

neighbouring areas) who needs orthopaedic surgery in the future. To inform our decision-

making, we’d like feedback from anyone with an interest in these services.

Summary of the preferred model of care

Two NHS hospitals with dedicated operating theatres and beds, for patients who

need to stay overnight after their operation

A choice of NHS hospitals for those needing day surgery

Within each partnership, a choice of NHS hospitals for outpatient appointments

Improved education classes for patients so they understand their operation and what

to do to before surgery to support their recovery afterwards

Appointments would be with a named surgeon, who, with their surgical team, would

stay with patients throughout their care, regardless of where it takes place

Rehabilitation support for patients after their surgery

Access to high dependency or intensive care units for patients who need additional

care after their surgery

Care coordinators to support patients with conditions such as dementia or a learning

disability to understand their care and where it might take place

More complex surgery would continue at the Royal National Orthopaedic Hospital, a

super-specialist centre

Patients with other complex medical conditions, such as haemophilia, would have

their surgery at the hospital which specialises in their condition

Emergency orthopaedic care would continue at all local hospitals with an accident

and emergency department.

Table 32: Detail of the preferred model of care

North Middlesex University Hospital NHS Trust/The Royal Free London NHS Foundation Trust partnership

University College London Hospitals NHS Foundation Trust/Whittington Health NHS Trust partnership

Partnership for Orthopaedic Excellence: North London

Creates a quality improvement framework delivering a standardised approach to pre-assessment, post-operative procedures and protocols, joint school and patient education.

Providers in the partnership

A partnership between the

North Middlesex University

Hospital NHS Trust and The

Royal Free London NHS

Foundation Trust

A partnership between University

College London Hospitals NHS

Foundation Trust and Whittington

Health NHS Trust

Page 103: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

103

North Middlesex University Hospital NHS Trust/The Royal Free London NHS Foundation Trust partnership

University College London Hospitals NHS Foundation Trust/Whittington Health NHS Trust partnership

Inpatient elective orthopaedic surgery

A change: all inpatient

orthopaedic care would take

place at an elective

orthopaedic centre on the

Chase Farm site.

Approximate annual

number of patients

impacted by the changes:

400 inpatients who

currently use the North

Middlesex would in the

future have their surgery

at Chase Farm Hospital

225 patients referred to

the RNOH for non-

specialist care could be

suitable for treatment in

the elective centres

Up to 560 patients a

year currently treated in

the private sector would

over time have their

treatment in the NHS.

A change: all inpatient orthopaedic

care would take place in an elective

orthopaedic centre specialising in

inpatient care at UCLH’s new building

on Tottenham Court Road (known at

the moment as phase 4).

Approximate annual number of

patients impacted by the changes:

360 inpatients a year who use the

Whittington would in future have

their surgery at UCLH

75 patients referred to the RNOH

for non-specialist care could be

suitable for treatment in the elective

centres

Up to 40 patients a year currently

treated in the private sector would

over time have their treatment in

the NHS.

Day-case elective orthopaedic surgery

A change: In local NHS

organisations day surgery

would continue to take place

at both at North Middlesex

and Chase Farm hospitals.

Approximate annual

number of patients

impacted by the changes:

Up to 1,020 patients a

year currently treated in

the private sector would

over time have their

treatment in the NHS as

part of the new model of

care.

A change: as part of the partnership

approach, the Whittington would

become a centre specialising in day-

case orthopaedic surgery, with some

day-case surgery moving from UCLH

to Whittington Health.

Approximate annual number of

patients impacted by the changes:

Approximately 360 day cases

would move from UCLH and have

their surgery at Whittington Health

Day-surgery would also continue to

be carried out at UCLH

80 patients currently treated in the

private sector would over time have

their treatment in the NHS as part

of the new model of care.

Page 104: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

104

North Middlesex University Hospital NHS Trust/The Royal Free London NHS Foundation Trust partnership

University College London Hospitals NHS Foundation Trust/Whittington Health NHS Trust partnership

Pre-operative and post-operative outpatient care.

No change: patients would continue to be seen at the three Royal Free hospital sites and North Middlesex hospital both pre- and post-operatively.

No change: patients would be seen at UCLH and Whittington Health both pre- and post-operatively.

Pre-operative and post-operative outpatient care

No change: patients would continue to be seen at the three Royal Free hospital sites and North Middlesex hospital both pre- and post-operatively.

No change: patients would be seen at UCLH and Whittington Health both pre- and post-operatively.

Trauma – emergency orthopaedic care

No change: would continue to take place as now at both the North Middlesex, Royal Free and Barnet hospital sites.

No change: would continue to take place as now at both UCLH and Whittington Health hospitals.

This table shows how the location of care might change compared with today. In response to

the feedback we received from patients, care has been organised to minimise the number of

times that patients need to travel further away from where they would usually receive their

hospital care.

Patients who need very specialist care would continue to go to the Royal National

Orthopaedic Hospital – a super specialist centre in Stanmore.

Page 105: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

105

Figure 13: Where patients have their care today patients have their care now

Figure 14: Where patients would have their care under these proposals

Figure 15: How services may look in the future – the locations for orthopaedic care in north

central London under our proposals

Page 106: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

106

Figure 16: The proposed future pathway for day surgery

Page 107: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

107

Figure 17: The proposed future pathway for surgery requiring an overnight stay

Table 33: Benefits of the preferred model

Improved clinical outcomes including reduced cancellations, decreased waiting

times, reduced infection rates, decreased revisions and readmissions.

The delivery of at-scale orthopaedic surgery at dedicated facilities would deliver

consistently excellent clinical intervention delivered across end-to-end pathways. There

would also be a focus on patients with vulnerabilities. Patients would have access to high

dependency or intensive care units for those who need additional care, plus rehabilitation

support for patients after their surgery.

Increased research activity

Bringing the collective research elements together and supporting the development of all

clinical staff would strengthen research capabilities in the wider NCL orthopaedic network

for the continued improvement of orthopaedic care.

Increased staff satisfaction

The development of innovation into the workforce through the introduction of new roles

and effective ways of working would provide excellent opportunities for learning and

development via rotational programmes.

Increased patient satisfaction

Patient satisfaction would be increased by providing diagnostics and outpatient care in

local hospitals that are familiar to our patients. The inclusion of care co-ordinators in the

model would ensure a seamless transition along the pathway, a benefit especially to those

patients who have vulnerabilities.

Reduced patient time wasted

The physical separation of elective and non-elective care would eliminate the pressures of

high emergency demand on theatres and wards, which means patients would have their

surgery on the day that it is planned and reduce waiting times.

Improved clinical education

Page 108: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

108

The preferred model would provide an opportunity for students from across many different

professions to experience a collaborative delivery model within orthopaedics, achieve

competencies and develop knowledge, through a combination of class-based sessions,

online education, simulation training as well as clinically based sessions.

Long-term commissioning strategy for orthopaedics

Create a strategy and the long-term capacity, delivering all NHS-commissioned care as

part of a single model as set out in this pre-consultation business case. The proposed new

service model would be delivered solely by NHS providers and, following public

consultation, there may need to be consequential contractual changes with private sector

providers to reflect the changed commissioning strategy for orthopaedics.

10. Financial impact

This section describes the positive financial impact of the proposals on the health

economy as a whole and the impact on individual trusts.

10.1. Background

Section 8.8 described the initial assessment of the financial impact of proposals undertaken

as part of the options appraisal process. At that time, the evaluation panel felt there was

sufficient evidence to conclude that the financial hurdle – that the proposals would have no

worse than a net neutral financial impact on the health economy – would be met. However,

more work was needed to be done to refine the financial model to inform the pre-

consultation business case. This section describes the conclusions to this further work.

A group that has included finance directors of all the trusts involved, or their nominee, and

commissioners has been considering the financial impact of the proposals on the whole

health economy and on individual trusts. The group has looked at this from both the point at

which the proposals are fully implemented, and during the implementation period. Each of

the trusts has considered the future cost of the service based on a set of common

assumptions, which they have developed together. This has been compared to the current

level of expenditure and a counterfactual.

The counterfactual is a hypothetical projection of what expenditure would look like if no

change to the service model were made. It assumes that there would continue to be an

increase in demand (driven by population growth see 4.3.1) and that changes already in

train, such as the opening of the new Phase 4 building at UCLH, would take place with the

associated change in costs. The comparison with the counterfactual is important as it allows

the user to understand what element of forecast changes to costs are a result of the

proposed service change and what would have happened anyway.

It is worth noting that the analysis has been prepared applying the current financial

framework, Payment by Results (PbR), ensuring trust gains and losses take into account the

shift of PbR income at the current tariffs. However, all parties are aware that there are

significant changes anticipated to the commissioning landscape through the introduction of

borough-based integrated care partnerships and an NCL-wide integrated care system. PbR

would be replaced by an as yet unknown framework. Where possible, the analysis has

concentrated on the cost of providing orthopaedic services rather than the income and

expenditure impact.

Page 109: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

109

A feature of this exercise has been that the financial teams of all four trusts have worked

closely together to ensure that the approach taken to preparing costs is consistent and that

common assumptions have been used. It has also meant that there has been an opportunity

for peer review of each of the trusts’ conclusions and methodology.

10.2. General

The general conclusion is that the proposed changes would contribute a positive financial

benefit to the health economy from the second year of operation. The short-term costs of

introducing the changes could be managed internally within the sector without it affecting the

viability of the trusts involved.

At a partnership level there would be savings from the economies of scale and a better use

of available capacity, but also there would be some stranded costs and transition costs. The

savings would be sufficient to offset the additional costs. By 2023-24 the proposal shows a

financial gain to the health economy of £1.18m a year, when compared to the counterfactual.

The following show the net income and expenditure calculated for both the counterfactual

and the proposed model together with a breakdown of the movement between the two

forecasts. The movements come about from the following factors:

Efficiency gains above and beyond the gains that the growth forecast in the

counterfactual would bring through greater use of capacity. These gains include:

o The cost of cancelled operations

o A premium from the way that escalation beds are used in the winter

o Gains from procurement at scale

o Moving services to a provider where there is already a better level of efficiency

Both partnerships would benefit over the medium term from a shift of activity from the

private sector to the NHS. It is anticipated that, having consulted on a new model of care

for planned orthopaedics commissioners would look to cease directly commissioning

work from the private sector, as they would expect directly commissioned orthopaedic

work to flow through the new elective centres to gain the benefit of all the quality gains

set out elsewhere in this document. If approved following public consultation, we would

therefore anticipate consequential contracting changes to reflect the new commissioning

strategy

Stranded costs resulting from a period of double running when the elective centre is

incurring the cost of the new service, but the previous provider has not managed to save

all of the costs associated with the service before it moved

Transition costs associated with the impact of introducing a new service. There are

usually temporary costs of setting up and often a temporary loss of income before

systems are running smoothly

Operating costs associated with the operation of the elective centre.

The assumptions made in building the costing model are included in appendix C. It is worth

noting that the group of finance directors, or their nominees, felt that the methodology and

assumptions made used for costing much of this change was a prudent approach to

forecasting the possible gains from this programme and the likely transitional costs. The

consolidation of services onto fewer sites should lead to further economies of scale that may

be revealed when more detailed preparatory work is undertaken, e.g. to agree new working

Page 110: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

110

models and associated financials ahead of the decision-making business case. In addition,

there should be longer-term intangible gains from clinical improvements such as fewer re-

admissions or fewer joint replacement revisions.

The total value (based on PbR income) of elective orthopaedics across the four units is

around £39m. The changes would involve a net shift from North Middlesex University

Hospital to Royal Free Hospitals of around £2.1m, and a net shift of around £1.2m from

Whittington Health to UCLH.

10.3. Northern partnership: Royal Free and North Middlesex

At Chase Farm Hospital the service is already operating from a new dedicated elective

centre, which opened in the summer of 2018. Inpatient activity at Chase Farm is forecast to

increase with all activity currently at North Middlesex University Hospital shifting during

2020-21. This equates to 369 episodes of care in 2020-21. The Chase Farm unit has

sufficient capacity that the increase could be absorbed without investment in infrastructure.

No change to day case activity is proposed.

Table 34: Summary of financial impact of proposals by year in comparison to the

counterfactual: Northern partnership

By the fourth year of implementation, the proposed model is forecast to contribute an

additional £677k each year. Over the four years shown in the modelling the new proposals

would contribute £1.37m with a slight negative contribution in the first year of operation.

Both trusts currently make a net loss on elective orthopaedic services. The amount of PbR

income for orthopaedics does not cover the cost of providing the service. At Chase Farm this

is caused by underutilisation of capacity which is felt to be a temporary consequence of the

shift of work from Barnet and the Royal Free Hospitals in 2018 rather than a change in

demand. The trust is forecasting that utilisation at Chase Farm would improve regardless of

the orthopaedics proposals and this improvement is reflected in the loss shown on the

counterfactual improving over the four years shown. At NMUH there is also underutilisation

of capacity, but this is the result of increasing amount of emergency activity having to be

done at the expense of elective activity. At both trusts this has resulted in an increase in

patients waiting for operations since 2018.

There was discussion about whether the financial impact of clearing the backlog of

orthopaedic waiting lists should be included in the forecasts. It was decided not to include

this as the scale and phasing of this has yet to be agreed and arguable this would also be a

£000 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 2023-24 Total

Contribution from counterfactual (2,467) (2,333) (2,216) (2,033) (1,848)

Adjustments

Efficiency Gains 0 34 74 75 76 260

Impact of shift from independent sector 0 0 220 531 668 1,419

Stranded costs 0 0 0 0 0 0

Transition Costs 0 (46) 0 0 0 (46)

Operating costs 0 (67) (67) (67) (67) (267)

Total adjustments 0 (79) 228 540 677 1,366

Contribution from proposed model (2,467) (2,412) (1,988) (1,493) (1,171)

Page 111: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

111

factor in the counterfactual and therefore neutral to the analysis. However, the financial

benefit that this would bring to the trusts could contribute to the shortfall in the first year of

operation.

There are minimal levels of stranded costs anticipated at North Middlesex University

Hospital associated with spare capacity. NMUH Trust forecasts that increasing demands

from emergency services would mean that any capacity released would quickly be taken up

so that stranded costs associated with elective services would rapidly be absorbed.

The financial impact of the proposals is to increase the utilisation of capacity at Chase Farm

and remove a loss-making service from NMUH thereby improving the overall efficiency of

both trusts.

Contributing to this improvement is the assumption that in the medium term there would be a

significant shift of activity from private sector providers in the northern partnership to Chase

Farm to ensure that post-consultation all planned elective orthopaedic activity is delivered in

line with the proposed model of care. Enfield CCG is the principle user of private sector

providers in the sector. This gives the partnership a potential financial benefit of £668k a

year by 2023-24. This impact has been phased in over time to reflect the need for any

consequential contractual changes that may be required.

Modest levels of implementation costs, £46k in the first year, have been included in the

forecast. Operational costs for the elective centre have been forecast at £67k pa. These are

both significantly lower than those forecast for the southern partnership as an elective centre

is already operational at Chase Farm and the view taken is that there would be only modest

costs associated with transferring North Middlesex University Hospital activity into the unit.

For the Royal Free Hospital Trust the proposals would have a positive financial impact from

2021-22 created by the better use of underutilised capacity.

For the North Middlesex University Hospital Trust the proposals would also have a positive

benefit through the release of capacity for emergency activity.

10.4. Southern partnership: UCLH and Whittington Health

The proposal is to move elective inpatients currently treated in the main UCLH hospital and

from Whittington Health into a new cancer and surgery facility within UCLH that is currently

under construction (currently referred to as the Phase 4 development). The move of patients

from the Whittington equates to 362 inpatient episodes of care in the first full year of

opening. It also proposed that day case activity equal to 362 episodes would transfer from

UCLH to the Whittington. Phase 4 was planned long before discussions on orthopaedics

began and would accommodate the move of adult ear nose and throat surgery, inpatient

haematology and a new proton beam radiotherapy suite. The surgical facilities have been

reconfigured from the original building plan to accommodate the orthopaedic elective centre.

Page 112: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

112

Table 35: Summary of financial impact of proposals by year in comparison to the

counterfactual: Southern partnership

Table 37 shows that, in total, elective orthopaedics at the two trusts makes a net loss

(orthopaedics at the Whittington orthopaedics makes a positive contribution, at UCLH it

makes a loss). In both the counterfactual and the proposed model, the loss increases. The

main contributing factor to this is the treatment of overheads associated with Phase 4. As a

new building, Phase 4 attracts a high charge for overheads so the cost of orthopaedics at

UCLH increases as a result of the move. However, the view taken in this analysis is that this

cost would be incurred regardless of whether Phase 4 included orthopaedics or another

service and consequently this increase is neutral when compared to the counterfactual.

By the fourth year of operation the proposed model would contribute an additional £502k a

year to the health economy. Across the four years the proposal would contribute £59k more

than the counterfactual. During the first two years of operation, while there are stranded

costs still to be absorbed and transition costs, the proposed option would cost more than the

counterfactual.

There are full year efficiency savings projected of £219k.

There would be £465k a year of stranded costs anticipated at Whittington Health resulting

from two factors:

The cost of spare capacity resulting from the move of inpatients.

The loss of the contribution that inpatients makes to the trust (net of the opposite

effect of day cases moving to the Whittington).

The forecast is that these costs could be fully absorbed by 2023-24.

The southern partnership is also anticipating a shift of activity from the private sector to the

NHS with a full-year contribution of £53k a year. The likely impact is smaller than that

forecast in the north as Camden and Islington CCGs commission much smaller volumes of

activity from the private sector.

The southern partnership is forecasting £1m of transitional costs, over two years, associated

with the bedding-in of a new service in a new building. Currently this is a placeholder based

on the experience of other transformation programmes and further work would need to be

done on this in the decision-making business case following the proposed consultation.

£000 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 2023-24 Total

Contribution from counterfactual (1,098) (2,127) (2,743) (2,691) (2,639)

Adjustments

Efficiency Gains 0 14 186 259 219 678

Impact of shift from independent sector 0 0 35 42 53 130

Stranded costs 0 125 244 357 465 1,192

Transition Costs 0 (600) (400) 0 0 (1,000)

Operating costs 0 (235) (235) (235) (235) (941)

Total adjustments 0 (696) (170) 423 502 59

Contribution from proposed model (1,098) (2,823) (2,914) (2,268) (2,136)

Page 113: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

113

£235k a year of additional operating costs associated with running the elective centre have

also been included in the forecasts.

Once the transition phase is over the proposals would have a positive impact on finances. In

the interim the transition costs and stranded costs at the Whittington have the effect of

increasing net costs. Both UCLH and Whittington trusts are fully supportive of the proposals

and recognise the financial consequence on viability which it is felt could be managed.

There would be some capital expenditure required at UCLH but as this related to the fitting-

out of phase 4 it has been assumed that this is already included in the capital plan for UCLH

and would not require further capital funding.

10.5. Royal National Orthopaedic Hospital

The RNOH is proposing to make use of the elective centres in such a way that there would

be a positive financial contribution and provide a better experience to more patients. The

elective centres provide the RNOH with an opportunity to treat patients that currently cannot

be taken. At the moment the trust turns away around 2,700 referrals on the basis that these

are routine operations and the trust has limited capacity. This would have the impact of

improving the financial viability of both partnerships by bringing new income to the health

economy at only marginal cost.

However, it was felt prudent to exclude the impact of this change from the financial analysis

at this time. Whilst this would be a positive contribution to the local economy it relies upon

the PbR framework and would be neutral to the NHS as a whole. The positive financial

impact on the forecasts were these to be included is estimated to be £109k a year.

Table 36: Net impact of additional RNOH activity

Partnership 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 2023-24 Total

Northern partnership 0 24 38 40 42 144

Southern partnership 0 33 66 67 67 232

0 57 104 107 109 376

10.6. Cross-trust agreements and financial arrangements going forward

This financial analysis has been done at a sufficient level of detail to demonstrate a proof of

concept, thereby clearing the programme to move to the proposed consultation stage.

However, the financial analysis would need to be repeated in more depth before making a

final decision to proceed. At that time one or more formal agreements would need to be in

place, building on the MOU which has been agreed, between the trusts to ensure that losses

and gains across the health economy are smoothed out thereby ensuring that no trust’s

financial viability is impacted by these changes.

The STP has already put in place a set of principles that cover economy-wide initiatives such

as the one proposed here. In addition, trust chief officers have signed a memorandum of

understanding committing them to enter into formal agreements. The full text of the MoU is

attached as appendix D. The key commitments contained in the MoU are:

No trust would be financially disadvantaged by this programme. A compensation

package would be agreed between the trusts in each of the two partnerships that

corrects any financial imbalance

Page 114: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

114

Trusts would apply their best endeavour to minimise costs and absorb stranded costs

Trusts would act in good faith during the negotiation of compensation packages and

would continue to be open to peer review and scrutiny over their estimates of the

impact of the changes

Costs incurred in the implementation phase of the project would be absorbed by the

trusts collectively without requiring investment from the commissioners.

As well as agreements covering the interim period a longer-term financial agreement would

also need to be in place by the time that the decision-making business case is approved.

This would cover the:

Arrangements for sharing risks associated with the elective centre

Charging arrangements between trust for surgeons of one trust using the elective

centre of another

Non-financial matters such as responsibility for clinical risks.

This section outlines how our proposal has met NHS England’s assurance tests and

includes information on the Mayor’s five tests.

NHS England, in Planning and delivering service changes for service users’ guidance,

published in December 2013, outlined good practice for commissioners on developing

proposals for major service changes and reconfigurations.

Building on this, the 2014/15 mandate from the Secretary of State to NHS England, outlines

that proposed service changes should be able to demonstrate evidence to meet four tests:

1. Strong public and patient engagement

2. Consistency with current and prospective need for patient choice

3. A clear clinical evidence base

4. Support for proposals from clinical commissioners.

Reconfiguration proposals must meet the four tests before they can proceed. These tests

are designed to demonstrate that there has been a consistent approach to managing

change, and therefore build confidence within the service, and with service users and the

public.

From 1 April 2017, NHS England introduced a new (fifth) test to evaluate the impact of

proposals that include a significant number of bed closures. There are no plans to reduce

beds, therefore this test does not apply.

The adult elective orthopaedic services review has met these four tests in the following

ways:

11.1 Test 1: Strong public and patient engagement

This test evaluates how service users and the public are involved in developing the

proposals.

Public and patient engagement has informed the planning process from its earliest

stages and will continue through consultation during 2019 into future planning

phases, transition and the next era of service delivery.

11. NHS England assurance – Four tests

Page 115: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

115

A robust approach to engagement has been at the core of the adult elective orthopaedic

review from the outset and this principle has been applied to working with clinical partners

and providers in developing the service model, and with local residents, to ensure that they

are informed, involved and have a role in shaping the outcome of the review.

The options appraisal scoring panel had equal representation from local residents.

Engagement on the draft case for change received hundreds of individual pieces of

feedback and resident representatives have been part of our programme board.

Patients, residents and other stakeholders would continue working in many of the

programme’s workstreams, including patient advisory work on transport and access, resident

involvement in consultation planning and the delivery of a full public consultation in the

future.

A summary of activities includes:

Socialisation of the draft case for change with patents, residents and wider

stakeholders (from providers, commissioners and local authorities)

Calls for involvement and the sharing of the case for change via organisational

channels, including electronic and print bulletins and mail outs, and social media

Promotion of the review and case for change through three different community

channels provided by Healthwatch organisations and NCL CCGs, plus regular

publications aimed at local patients produced by hospital providers

26 organisations, from groups identified from the desktop EIA, were engaged through

meetings and events

Five clinical design workshops were held between July and November 2018

Regular ongoing engagement with local stakeholders following the end of the formal

pre-consultation phase and beginning of the formal consultation

Patient and resident representatives contributed to workshops in March and April

2019 refining the clinical delivery model and options appraisal criteria and scoring

Half of the panel for the options appraisal panel, which was held in July 2019, were

patient and resident representatives.

A log of engagement and involvement activities is detailed in appendix A. Further

engagement is planned (outlined in section 12.1) using the communications channels of all

health and social care partners involved, to include proactive and specific connections with

patients with vulnerabilities and seldom-heard groups.

Digital methods, including a dedicated website section and social media channels would

support face-to-face discussions, further focus groups and survey work.

Themes raised through pre-consultation engagement informed the planning for the formal

consultation and development of the pre-consultation business case; as well as feeding back

to the relevant workstreams and programme board.

A consultation planning group, comprising of local residents and representatives from

partner organisations and CCG engagement leads would inform the development of the

consultation plan and documents.

Stakeholders will have the opportunity to comment on the proposals and provide any

feedback on alternative options for the model of care.

Page 116: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

116

11.2 Test 2: Consistency with current and prospective need for patient

choice

This test illustrates whether any proposed redevelopment would maintain the availability of

service user choice.

In north central London we currently deliver adult elective orthopaedic services for NHS

patients from 10 separate NHS and private sector sites. While many of these services are of

good quality, we know that there is unwarranted variation in the quality of care we are

currently able to offer. Under our proposals, patients would continue to have a choice of care

providers both inside and outside north central London.

Clinical leaders in orthopaedics, locally and nationally, believe there is evidence that the best

clinical outcomes for patients, patient care quality, and efficiency benefits are improved

through ring-fenced orthopaedic elective care brought together in fewer sites and co-located

with appropriate clinical support services, such as rehabilitation services, in buildings fit for

purpose. This allows replication of standardised best practice pathways of care that are

responsive to individual patient needs. It also promotes the best workforce training, research

and learning environment for the recruitment and retention of staff.

The clinical delivery model ensures that predicated referrals would continue to be made to

base hospitals, with pre- and post-operative care managed locally. Surgeons from the base

hospital would carry out surgery at the proposed elective centres. Commissioners and

providers would continue to work together at a system-level to ensure that networks and

pathways are developed to improve how patients access elective orthopaedic care services,

how clinicians and staff would deliver those services, and how, by integrating research with

service delivery, this would create a huge benefit for clinical outcomes

Patient choice would be improved from a quality perspective as the proposal to move to the

two proposed elective centres would allow a more efficient patient journey time through and

improved outcomes, provide a higher quality experience for patients.

11.3 Test 3: A clear clinical evidence base

This test is to demonstrate sufficient clinical evidence and clarity on the case for change

(outlined in section 4).

The independent verification of the clinical case for change has been gained through

submission for consideration by the London Clinical Senate and engagement with a range of

clinicians.

11.3.1 London Clinical Senate: clinical reference panel

The London Clinical Senate’s clinical review of the proposals for adult elective orthopaedic

services reconfiguration in North Central London: case for change, clinical models and the

development of potential solutions, is conducted as part of NHS England’s assurance

process for a major service change.

In Planning, assuring and delivering service change for patients71, NHS England is required

to assure itself that a proposal for a major service change or reconfiguration satisfies all of

the four tests.

71 “Planning, assuring and delivering service change for patients,” (NHS England, March 2018)

Page 117: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

117

The role of the Clinical Senate is to establish if a proposal meets the third test, i.e. that it has

a clear, clinical evidence base. This is done this by conducting a clinical review of a draft of

the pre-consultation business case and other materials.

In conducting the review, the Clinical Senate examined a draft of the PCBC to establish if it:

Has a clear articulation of patient and quality benefits

Fits with national best practice and is clinical sustainable

Contains an options appraisal which includes a consideration of a network approach,

co-operation and collaboration with other sites and/or organisations.

The Senate’s review of a draft PCBC enables a commissioner to revise its business case

and integrate the Senate’s recommendations into the final version of the PCBC.

London Clinical Senate review panel meeting

The London Clinical Senate held a panel meeting in September 2019 involving discussion

with clinicians and representatives of patients and the public in north central London who

have been involved in developing the proposals and/or could be affected by them. The panel

reviewed proposals for adult elective orthopaedic services, focusing on the case for change,

clinical models and the development of potential solutions.

Specifically, the clinical review panel sought to establish:

1) Whether the new model of care would deliver safe, effective intervention that

significantly improves patient experience and outcomes

2) Whether there is sufficient evidence that the change proposed is justified in terms of

clinical efficacy and patient experience

3) That there is sufficient alignment with the wider musculoskeletal pathway to ensure

patients experience seamless care across the system

4) The NCL approach demonstrates the future demand is adequately addressed and

sustainable services developed

5) Workforce plans would ensure patients could access the right treatment at the right

time

6) Plans for digital innovation would facilitate seamless care across organisation

boundaries

7) There are no unintended consequences for clinical services that are out of scope but

key dependencies within the review (spinal surgery, paediatric surgery and trauma

services).

The review panel’s advice is based upon:

Its consideration of the documentation provided.

The presentations and discussion with clinicians, patients, commissioners, and

managers during the review panel hearing on 25 September.

The multidisciplinary panel members’ knowledge and experience.

Page 118: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

118

London Clinical Senate findings

The panel found that there was a “clear case for change, based on national best practice

and consideration of the local issues”. They also identified areas where work could be

developed and have generated recommendations to consider as plans are refined, and the

decision-making business case is developed.

The Clinical Senate had the following recommendations for the final version of the PCBC.

The panel recommends:

Quality indicators and improvement metrics are built into the standard operating

procedures. Where possible, these are collected digitally

Patient information literature is co-designed with patients and improvement metrics

are made available to patients

A sustained education model is developed for stakeholders of the service covering

topics such a discharge communication

Clarifying threshold and trigger points for readmissions

Clarifying the process for readmissions, considering identifying a single contact point

through which this is managed

Learning from pilots and best practice models already in existence considering rolling

out for consistency

Liaising with the London Ambulance Services regarding transport and discharge

arrangements across all sites

Exploring innovative models to support the pathway e.g. patient education, after care

and equipment

Further engaging community MSK triage and rehabilitation services to ensure a safe

effective and efficient pathway in and out of secondary care orthopaedic services

Considering the role and specification of beds on the Chase Farm site to clarify the

new model of care, commission the model and develop a practical understanding of

patient flow. This may include:

o Patient criteria e.g. high dependency unit or post anaesthetic care unit

o patient pathway

o anticipated length of stay

o arrangements with London Ambulance Service for patient transfer and

emergency conveyancing

Mitigating against avoidable growth in activity by ensuring that interventions are

provided to the right patients at the right time, through adhering to recommendations

relating to the musculoskeletal pathway

Reviewing activity projections to ensure that they are as realistic as possible.

Measure the rate of conversion to intervention from outpatient appointments to assist

with planning and projections

Implementing plans to recruit senior allied health professionals and nurses to the

programme board

Developing and articulating opportunities for all staff, allied health professionals and

nursing staff as well as doctors; giving attention to standards; pathways; education;

Page 119: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

119

mentoring and preceptorship; rotation; as well as practical employment issues such

as parking, childcare and maternity payments

Considering how roles such as first contact practitioner or single point of access/

triage practitioners might be integrated into the model; and develop a capability

framework for these

Considering the development of a workforce strategy that would address any rise in

activity

Undertaking a wider workforce scope, mapping the care pathway and points of care

for discussion with a wider forum of surgical trainees.

Considering how core surgical trainees gain exposure in areas other than

orthopaedics; looking at imaginative solutions

Considering the willingness and availability to flex staff across sites, paying attention

to passporting, rota and work schedules

Identifying within the model whether therapy services would operate five or seven

days per week and the workforce implications of this

Fully work up the proposals for care navigators/ co-ordinators, paying attention to:

o Articulating the outcomes of better care coordination within and outside the

hospital

o Gathering feedback from PPV groups to determine what the need is and therefore

influence how this could best be met

o The differing proposed models in the north and the south of the patch and whether

these could be standardised

o The role/ parts of role required to address the administrative aspects (perhaps

better called a navigator) and which would be clinical i.e. Nurse or allied health

professional consultant

o Development of a role description which includes a clear definition of clinical

responsibilities, if relevant

o Addressing how the care coordinator role would be funded – especially if it picks

up on parts of pre-existing roles

o Creating a development framework for these staff, potentially connecting to an

apprenticeship programme

o Identifying the interface with MDTs to manage patients across primary, secondary

and tertiary care pathways

o Identifying additional support that may be required for patients with additional

vulnerabilities e.g. mental health needs

Programme plan a time to explore the potential for shared booking to be available

across the system to smooth the patient pathway

Commissioners and providers consider managing the financial impact of gains and

losses across the health and social care system in north central London to enable

future sustainability. This could be enabled by network collaboration.

Feedback and responses to these recommendations are being addressed throughout the

PCBC; in particular in section 4 and section 5. Progress to date can be found at Appendix G.

The recommendations would continue to be reviewed and implemented as the programme

moves towards consultation and potential implementation of the preferred model.

Page 120: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

120

The report by the London Clinical Senate will be published by commissioners, once formal

consultation on the proposal is underway.

11.3.2 Clinical input

A wide range of clinicians has been engaged throughout the process to ensure proposals

have patient outcomes at their heart. There has been broad and varied communication with

a range of clinical staff.

Clinicians across north central London, together with patients and residents, have been fully

involved in the process of designing the proposed new clinical model of care for adult

elective orthopaedic services.

This process has put them at the heart of our planning, developing a model for future adult

elective orthopaedic services that works for patients, their families, staff and clinicians.

Drawing on local and global examples of best practice and building on the evidence, such as

GIRFT’s national review of adult elective orthopaedic services in England72, they have been

looking at how pathways could be redesigned, responding to local needs and opportunities.

The NCL sustainability and transformation partnership (NCL STP) Health and Care Cabinet,

which includes clinical leaders from all providers and clinical commissioning groups (CCGs)

in NCL, and the Joint Commissioning Committee for the NCL CCGs, believes that there

could be opportunities to achieve an enhanced quality of care for patients.

A key enabler to this work is the provision of enhanced advice, based on competency to

make sure everyone within the system, including patients, have the right access in order to

manage their conditions.

They have been involved in the process of assessing options and selecting a preferred

option as an important step prior to a public consultation. This process is designed to ensure

all of north central London has excellent high-quality services which would drive forward the

future of orthopaedics locally, nationally and internationally.

11.4 Test 4: Support for proposals from clinical commissioners

This test is to provide assurance that the proposals have the approval of local

commissioners.

NCL commissioners have supported the development of this business case, in principle and

subject to consultation. The NCL Joint Commissioning Committee, which comprises voting

members from the five NCL CCGs, lay members, local authorities, and Healthwatch, has

been fully informed and significantly involved in the development of these proposals:

Orthopaedic services review

At its meeting on 6 December 2018, they approved the design principles for a

preferred model of care and received the feedback from the engagement on the draft

case for change

At its meeting on 3 January 2019 they approved the overarching timeline, revised

governance and accepted the recommendation around final contract form

At its meeting on 2 May 2019, the NCL JCC agreed the clinical delivery model and

options appraisal process.

72 A national review of adult elective orthopaedic services in England, Getting It Right First Time

Page 121: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

121

Additionally, during the pre-consultation engagement phase on the draft case for change

during summer and autumn 2018 there was a discussion and feedback at CCG

governing body seminars. Following the pre-consultation engagement there has been

ongoing engagement with clinical commissioners through feedback in GP newsletters

and briefings scheduled at GP locality meetings over the summer and autumn 2019.

11.5 NHS England’s bed test

From 1 April 2017, NHS England introduced a new test to evaluate the impact of any

proposal that includes a significant number of bed closures.

There is not intended to be any significant change to the occupancy of beds associated with

this programme. We anticipate an increase in the number of beds occupied by elective

orthopaedic services associated with additional activity attracted by RNOH and a general

growth in demand. The trusts estimate that:

Across North Middlesex and Chase Farm Hospitals, approximately 47 beds are

currently used for elective orthopaedic surgery. By 2023-24 this would increase to 52

beds at Chase Farm

Across UCLH and Whittington Health hospitals approximately 21 beds are currently

used. By 2023 this would increase to 27 at UCLH.

11.6 Mayor of London’s six tests

The King’s Fund and Nuffield Trust published a report73 in September 2017 which

recommended that greater city-wide leadership is needed to successfully implement the five

NHS Sustainability and Transformation Plans (STPs) for London.

In response, the Mayor of London developed a six test framework for major hospital

reconfiguration. Each proposal is required to specify how it meets the requirements of each

test to enable the Mayor to give support for individual reconfigurations.

Following initial discussions and guidance from the Mayor’s health team, the evidence on

how the proposal fulfils the requirements of each test is set out below (Table 37). If the

planned public consultation proceeds, the Mayor’s health policy team will review tests 1 to 4

during the consultation period to ensure the specified criteria is met. Tests 5 and 6 would be

evaluated after public consultation has been completed.

Table 37: The Mayor of London’s six tests

Tests Evidence

Test 1: Health inequalities and prevention of ill health

The impact of any proposed changes on health inequalities has been fully considered at an STP level. The proposed changes do not widen health inequalities and, where possible, set out how they would narrow the inequalities gap. Plans clearly set out proposed action to prevent ill-health.

During the engagement phase of the programme, a desktop Equalities Impact Assessment was undertaken to identify the groups likely to be most impacted by the new model of care. Feedback from the engagement was used to shape the final model of care.

A full health inequalities and health equalities impact assessment has been commissioned prior to the planned public

73 Sustainability and transformation plans in London, an independent analysis of the October 2016 STPs (completed in March

2017)

Page 122: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

122

Tests Evidence

consultation. This would ensure there are no unintended consequences in terms of discrimination, access and that the interests of people with protected characteristics are addressed.

Further information can be found in Appendix E

Test 2: Hospital beds

Given that the need for hospital beds is forecast to increase due to population growth and an ageing population, any proposals to reduce the number of hospital beds would need to be independently scrutinised for credibility and to ensure these demographic factors have been fully taken into account. Any plans to close beds should also meet at least one of NHS England’s ‘common sense’ conditions

There is forecast a 16% increase in the number of beds (11) provided for patients requiring adult elective orthopaedic surgery in the new model of care. This includes:

An additional five beds at Chase Farm Hospital, with bed capacity within the northern partnership expanding from 47 beds to approximately 52 by 2023-24

An additional six beds at UCLH with bed capacity within the southern partnership increasing from 21 beds to 27 by 2023.

It is envisaged it would be possible for both sites to expand further should this approach be agreed with commissioners.

Further information can be found in section 11.5

Test 3: Financial investment and savings

Sufficient funding is identified (both capital and revenue) and available to deliver all aspects of plans, including moving resources from hospital to primary and community care and investing in prevention work. Proposals to close the projected funding gap, including planned efficiency savings, are credible.

The primary driver for changing the way adult elective orthopaedic surgery is delivered across NCL is to improve patient experience and outcomes.

Financial modelling indicates the proposed changes would have a positive financial benefit to the health economy from the second year of operation. The short-term costs of introducing the changes could be managed internally within the sector without it affecting the viability of the trusts involved. No capital investment is required: the Chase Farm Hospital site is already in operation and the phase 4 UCLH building where elective care would be delivered has already been commissioned and is due to open in autumn 2020.

A more detailed financial assessment would be undertaken as part of the decision- making business case which would be completed following the completion of the planned public consultation.

Page 123: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

123

Tests Evidence

Further information can be found in section 8.8

Test 4: Social care impact

Proposals take into account:

a) the full financial impacts on local authority services (including social care) of new models of healthcare

b) the funding challenges they are already facing.

Sufficient investment is available from Government to support the added burden on local authorities and primary care.

The reconfiguration of adult elective orthopaedic services focuses on a defined component of the secondary care surgical pathway. It is not envisaged that the proposals would have a significant financial effect on social and community care. However, it is recognised in terms of care quality that the proposed changes sit within the context of wider MSK, community and social care pathways. We therefore have engaged widely with our community and social care partners, through a variety of mechanisms including workshops and meetings, to ensure the programme aligns with current and future local plans and pathways. Should a decision be made to proceed with the proposal, further work would take place during implementation to join together key elements of community and social care including the discharge to assess pathways.

Further information can be found in section 3.3

Test 5: Clinical support

Proposals demonstrate widespread clinical engagement and support, including from frontline staff.

The original case for change, published in 2018, set out the rationale and evidence for changing the way elective orthopaedic services could be delivered in the best interests of patients. The refreshed case for change included in this document validates the proposition that by separating elective orthopaedic and trauma services and providing elective surgery from a smaller number of specialist centres, major benefits could be delivered for NCL residents.

A number of core principles underpinned the review including:

Co-production of an evidence-based service model to improve clinical quality, patient experience and outcomes

A clinically-led collaborative approach to design that ensured meaningful engagement with all local stakeholders particularly front line clinical staff, social care colleagues, the public and patients.

Page 124: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

124

Tests Evidence

To create a model of care, key stakeholders came together in five design groups to develop a shared vision for NCL adult elective orthopaedic services. The process was overseen by a multi-agency programme board including GP, patient, trust, social care, and commissioning representatives.

In parallel to the design process, an NCL engagement exercise was undertaken enabling feedback from key stakeholders to be incorporated into the emerging model of care. As part of an options appraisal process, local NHS providers were asked to submit proposals on how they could meet the agreed model of care. The process and proposals were developed into this document and submitted to the London Clinical Senate.

Further information can be found in appendix A. The clinical review panel of the London Clinical Senate took place on 25 September 2019. A panel feedback report found that there was a clear case for change, based on national best practice and consideration of the local issues. 23 recommendations were made, largely related to implementation.

Further information can be found in section 11.3

Test 6: Patient and public engagement

Proposals demonstrate credible, widespread, ongoing, iterative patient and public engagement, including with marginalised groups, in line with Healthwatch recommendations.

Two patient representatives were recruited through Healthwatch at the start of the review to sit on the review group, the programme board and the clinical orthopaedic network. Healthwatch organisations also supported additional patient and resident recruitment patients for additional workshops and the options appraisal panel.

Early engagement enabled strong links with a wide range of patient and resident groups to be established ahead of the public consultation. A consultation group has been established to oversee development of all the consultation documentation which includes Healthwatch, patient and resident representation.

Page 125: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

125

Tests Evidence

Further information can be found in appendix A

12 Decision-making and next steps

This section contains information on how we would make decisions to move forward

with the proposals, a timeline, what happens next, and an outline of the proposed

consultation plan.

After the consultation closes, the responses received from members of the public and

organisations will be independently analysed.

There are a number of factors that might influence the decision-making timescales including:

The quantity and detail of consultation responses received, and timescales required

to analyse those responses

The consideration of consultation responses by the consultation programme board

and subsequent update of analysis and evaluation as required

CCGs, as the decision-makers, need to consider the consultation responses and

make the decision about whether the proposals should be approved

Any ongoing CCG change programmes which are currently being discussed by

governing bodies.

However, to give an indicative timeline, the programme expects the following milestones for

this process. These may be subject to change.

9 January 2020 – Joint Commissioning Committee of the five NCL CCGs to be

asked to (i) approve the pre-consultation business case and (ii) consider the decision

to move to a public consultation

13 January 2020 Public consultation starts (12 weeks)

6 April 2020 Consultation finishes

April/May 2020 Following consultation, all responses from members of the public

and local organisations will be independently evaluated and a draft report produced.

Timescales for post-consultation decision-making, subject to the volume and content of

responses received:

May 2020 Stakeholders will have the opportunity to comment on the draft report of

the consultation evaluation together with the review of the equalities impact

assessment

June 2020 The evaluation of responses, feedback from stakeholders and impact

assessments will be shared with the Joint Health Overview and Scrutiny Committee

(JHOSC)

June 2020 A decision-making business case (DMBC) would be developed

outlining the recommended decision as a result of the consultation evaluation, impact

assessments and feedback from the JHOSC

June/July 2020 The final DMBC would be presented to NCL CCG for decision

(TBC).

Page 126: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

126

July to November 2020 – Assurance of implementation plans and trust internal

governance processes.

12.1 Consultation plan

When developing proposals for public consultation, commissioners must consider section

242 of the NHS Act 2006 and section 142Z of the Health and Social Care Act 2012. Under

these, NHS Trusts and CCGs have a legal duty to make arrangements for individuals to

whom the services are being or may be provided, to be involved throughout the process.

The principle of section 242 of the consolidated NHS Act 2006 is that, by law, NHS

commissioners and Trusts must ensure that patients and/or the public are involved in certain

decisions that affect the planning and delivery of NHS services. While section 242 has far-

reaching implications, it is at heart about embedding good decision-making practice by

ensuring that service users’ points of view are taken into account when planning or changing

services.

Section 242(1B) of the National Health Service Act 2006 as amended by the Local

Government & Public Involvement in Health Act 2007, states that:

Each relevant English body must make arrangements as respects health services for which

it is responsible, which secure that users of those services, whether directly or through

representatives, are involved (whether by being consulted or provided with information, or in

other ways) in:

(d) The planning of the provision of services

(e) The development and consideration of proposals for changes in the way services are

provided

(f) Decisions to be made by that body affecting the operation of those services

Subsections (b) and (c) need only be observed if the proposals would have an impact on:

(c) The manner in which the services are delivered to users of those services; or

(d) The range of health services available to those users.

In order to meet these legislative requirements, public involvement must be an integral part

of service change process. Engagement should be early and continue throughout the

process using a broad range of engagement activities.

All public consultations should adhere to the Gunning principles, which are:

Consultation must take place when the proposal is still at a formative stage

Sufficient reasons must be put forward for the proposal to allow for intelligent

consideration and response

Adequate time must be given for consideration and response

The product of consultation must be conscientiously taken into account.

Additionally, all pre-consultation engagement should be undertaken in line with the NHS

England guidance Planning, assuring and delivering service change for patients (2018)74.

74 https://www.england.nhs.uk/wp-content/uploads/2018/03/planning-assuring-delivering-service-change-v6-1.pdf

Page 127: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

127

This states that service change (including changes in location) should be undertaken only

when a public consultation has been undertaken, which is;

Aligned to the local Sustainability and Transformation Partnership (STP) plans

Assured by NHS England prior to consultation

Led by service commissioners

Involves full and consistent engagement with stakeholders including (but not limited

to) the public, patients, clinicians, staff, neighbouring STPs and Local Authorities

Shown to have met the Secretary of State’s four tests for service reconfiguration (see

section 11.1)

Undertaken in line with section 242 of the NHS Act 2006 and section 142Z of the

Health and Social Care Act 2012 (as set out above).

It is proposed that, subject to further engagement with patients, carers, staff and residents,

we will consult on our proposals to create a single adult elective orthopaedic service for

north central London (Barnet, Camden, Enfield, Haringey and Islington) with the following

key features:

A clinical network of orthopaedic specialists, to oversee the service

Two elective orthopaedic centres for inpatient care, in the south a centre based in a

new UCLH inpatient building on Tottenham Court Road in Camden and in the north a

centre, based at Chase Farm Hospital in Gordon Hill in Enfield

Enhanced post-operative care at Chase Farm Hospital, with a level 2 high

dependency unit (HDU)75

Day surgery would continue to take place at all four local hospitals, with an enhanced

day surgery offer at Whittington Health in Islington as part of the partnership with

UCLH

Highly specialist care delivered at the Royal National Orthopaedic Centre

A single, comprehensive approach to pre- and post-operative care and patient

education (joint school) delivered at a patient’s local hospital

Education, training and research as a core objective.

To define the scope of the consultation, the Programme Board signed off a consultation

mandate on 16 September 2019:

The five CCGs in NCL (Barnet, Camden, Enfield, Islington, Haringey) in partnership

with providers, intend to consult on the future configuration of adult elective

orthopaedic care. Our proposals are to create a single network, overseeing two

partnerships of providers, which would result in some changes to where patients

have surgery

Working through North London Partners in Health and Care, we would like to

understand the views of past, current and prospective patients and carers of adult

elective orthopaedic services, staff and stakeholders

Our aim is that, by April 2020, when the consultation has closed and feedback has

been evaluated, we would understand the impact of the proposals and be able to

improve them when implemented, to achieve better access and outcomes for

patients of adult elective orthopaedic care in NCL.

75 Patients in a level 2 HDU require a high level of monitoring and observation. One nurse looks after two patients.

Page 128: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

128

The aim of our consultation exercise is to understand stakeholder responses to our

proposals for the future model of adult elective orthopaedic services in north central London.

The proposed change could affect all patients and future adult patients of the five boroughs

with a need for elective orthopaedic care.

The aim of the proposals is to consolidate services from the current 10 sites onto fewer sites,

to improve the quality of care that patients receive, improve outcomes, reduce waiting times

and minimise the cancellations that patients currently experience.

Patients have been central to the development of our plans and we are committed to

continuing to listen to the views of diverse audiences – people who have used the service in

the past, people who may have a need for the services in the future, community

representatives and all partners in health and social care.

A full consultation plan is being collaboratively developed.

To inform our decision-making, through our consultation, we are seeking views about the

proposed change from:

• People who have experienced adult elective orthopaedic care in the past, at one of

the existing sites

• People who may need services in the future

• The families and carers of affected groups, including local residents and the public.

• Community representatives, including the voluntary sector

• Staff and partners in health and social care

• Relevant local authorities.

Our objectives are:

To inform stakeholders about how proposals have been developed

Ask their views on the service model we are proposing, and the ways in which it

might affect them

Find out what matters most to patients and how this might affect implementation

Understand the wider implications of the proposed change – and any unintended

consequences

Ensure that a diverse range of voices are heard

To run a process which maximises community support.

Following the consultation period, we will provide an evaluation of the responses, produced

by an independent organisation. Future decision-making and plans would be informed by

feedback on the issues laid out above and would influence the next steps of the programme

and how our plans would be implemented.

Our consultation documents will lay out our proposals clearly, explaining the thinking behind

them, how we arrived at them in light of the engagement already undertaken and how

people could feedback on them. The document will contain a questionnaire for structured

feedback, alongside quantitative responses. It will also give information about other ways to

feedback and engage in the process.

12.1.1. Drafting of the consultation plan

To ensure that the consultation plan is comprehensive, we plan to engage partners and local

residents in the drafting of the plan, and many of our consultation materials. To facilitate this,

a number of existing groups would be involved, and a time-limited group would be

Page 129: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

129

established, reporting into the NCL adult elective orthopaedic services review programme

board.

Their role would be to scrutinise and feedback on the consultation plan. In the drafting of the

plan we would involve:

A consultation planning sub-group would be established, with representatives of the

comms and engagement network (above) along with resident representatives who

have supported the review to date

A publications’ review sub-group would review the text and design of documents to

ensure that they are clear and easy to understand.

12.1.2. Public sector equality duty

We acknowledge that individuals who fall within the definitions of the 2010 Equality Act’s

protected characteristics groups use the services under review with no specific relation to

their membership of that particular group.

Our initial equalities impact assessment has identified a number of groups who may

experience an impact (positive or negative) through the implementation of our proposals and

as a result we are undertaking specific activities to ensure that we engage with these groups

during the consultation period.

A further integrated health inequalities and equalities impact assessment is due in December

2019 and looks more specifically at our proposals and the list of groups below will be

supplemented according. It will be published alongside the consultation.

We would be approaching local groups directly during the early stages of the consultation;

however, we intend to engage specifically with the following groups, who were identified

during our desktop analysis (stage 1):

Older people

Women

People undergoing gender reassignment

People from a white ethnic background

People from a black and minority ethnic background

People in economic and social deprivation

People with disability.

We would supplement this list with other groups identified as a result of the integrated health

inequalities and health equalities impact assessment (stage 2 report) which would be

published alongside the consultation.

12.1.3. Partnership working with service providers and other stakeholder groups

There is a good history of partnership working across NCL and we would work closely with

service providers and other organisations who work with those likely to be affected by

proposals. This includes:

Briefing meetings with staff and providers in all hospitals and the surrounding area

Meetings with politicians, community leaders and representative groups.

12.1.4. Engagement with political and statutory stakeholder groups

We are actively engaging with key statutory and decision-making groups to deliver the

consultation. The detail of this engagement is not described in the consultation plan;

however, we were keen to acknowledge the important role played by:

Page 130: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

130

Joint Health Overview and Scrutiny Committee

Relevant partnership groups via local authorities

Health and Wellbeing Boards

Healthwatch organisations

12.1.5. Consultation materials

We will produce the following tools to help people engage with the consultation:

Full consultation document

o Large print version

o Easy read version

o BSL version

o Versions available in Braille and other languages on request

Summary consultation document

Posters promoting the consultation

Short film explaining the proposals

Presentation outlining the proposals (versions could be created for different

audiences, around a core structure).

12.1.6. Consultation events

A diary of events and opportunities for engagement will be developed across all five

boroughs. These would comprise presentations, deliberative events, meetings and focus

groups where proposals would be presented, and feedback sought and captured using both

the consultation questionnaire and notes from meetings.

We would ask for responses to a specific set of proposals, rather than exploring desires and

issues. We would ensure an open approach to capturing feedback to our proposals and

would invite feedback in a number of ways:

Response using the printed questionnaire (freepost return)

Response using an online version of the same questionnaire

Feedback captured patient and carer groups and other in-person interactions

Feedback captured at deliberative events

Feedback given to our evaluation partner on the telephone

Submissions via letter or email, not using the structured questionnaire mechanism.

12.1.7. Close of the consultation

Following the closure of the consultation exercise, the project team will publish an

independent evaluation of the consultation which aggregates the major themes emerging

from the process and illustrates the likely outcome of consultation.

This will bring together the responses collected at each of the previous stages (online and

postal surveys, public event feedback, and also feedback gathered by the programme team

and partners in the course of its engagement of stakeholder groups) into one, synthesised

report. This would be produced by an independent third-party organisation.

Page 131: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

131

A&E Accident and emergency department

ACP Advanced clinical practitioner

AGM Annual General Meeting

AHP Allied Health Professional

APP Advanced Practitioner Physiotherapists

BAME Black and Minority Ethnic

BMD Bone mineral density

BOA British Orthopaedic Association

CATS Clinical Assessment and Treatment Service

CCGs Clinical Commissioning Groups

CHE Camden Health Evolution

CIC Community Interest Company

Committee in Common

CEO Chief Executive Officer

CIP Cost Improvement Programme

CPEG Camden Patient Engagement Group

CT Computed Tomography

D2A Discharge to assess

DHSC Department of Health and Social Care

DMBC Decision-making business case

EBITDA Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization

ED Emergency department

EIA Equalities Impact Assessment

EMAS European Male Ageing Study

FAQ Frequently Asked Questions

FBC Final Business Case

FCP First contact practitioner

F&F Family and friends

FHIR Fast Healthcare Interoperability Resources

FTE Full-time equivalent

FYFV Five Year Forward View

Glossary

Page 132: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

132

GIC Gender identity clinic

GIRFT Getting It Right First Time

GOSH Great Ormond Street Hospital

GP General Practitioner

HDU High Dependency Unit

HEE Health Education England

HIE Health Information Exchange

ICS Integrated care system

ICU Intensive care unit

I&E Income and expenditure

ISOC International Society of Orthopaedic Centers

JCC Joint Commissioning Committee

(J)HOSC (Joint) Health Overview and Scrutiny Committee

KPI Key performance indicator

LTP Long term plan

LSOA Lower Super Output Area

MaST Mandatory and statutory training

MDT Multidisciplinary team

MFF Market forces factor

MHRA Medicines, Healthcare Products Regulatory Authority

MRI Magnetic resonance imaging

MSK Musculoskeletal

MSOA Middle Layer Super Output Area

NCL North central London

NHS National Health Service

NHSE NHS England

NHSI NHS Improvement

NLP North London Partners in Health and Care

NMUH North Middlesex University Hospital

ODP Operating department practitioner

ONS Office for National Statistics

OT Occupational therapy

PA Physician associate

Page 133: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

133

PbR Payment by results

PCBC Pre-Consultation Business Case

PDC Public dividend capital

PREMs Patient reported experience

PROMs Patient reported outcomes

PSED Public sector equality duty

Q Quarter (meaning financial year quarter: Q1 is April-June, Q2 July-

September etc)

QIPP Quality Innovation Productivity and Procurement – Improving

Value

RNOH Royal National Orthopaedic Hospital

RTT Referral to treatment

SHAPE Strategic Health Asset Planning and Evaluation

SI Serious incident

SPA Single point of access

SRO Senior responsible officer

SSI Surgical site infection

STP Sustainability and transformation partnership/plan

SWLEOC South West London Elective Orthopaedic Centre

TNA Trainee nurse associate

TCI The Consultation Institute

UCLH University College London Hospital

YTD Year to date

Page 134: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

134

Appendix A – Engagement evaluation report

Engagement evaluation report: North Central London Adult Elective Orthopaedic

Surgery Review

Author: Clive Caseley

Date: 27/11/18

1. Overview

1.1 About this document

A review of adult elective orthopaedic surgery for the population of North Central London has

been established by the Joint Commissioning Committee of North Central London (NCL)

Clinical Commissioning Groups (CCGs).

This document contains the independent evaluation of an engagement exercise with

residents, staff and local stakeholders carried out between August and October 2018.

The purpose of the engagement exercise was to:

Share the draft case for change

Gather views to inform commissioners’ decisions following the first stage of the

review

Make recommendations for future involvement of residents, stakeholders and front-

line staff (should this be required).

Verve Communications was commissioned to conduct the evaluation. It was undertaken as

a desk exercise based on raw response data and information about the engagement

provided to us by the programme team. The purpose of this document is to provide:

Commentary on the process and its compliance with guidance and best practice

Analysis of comments, feedback and views on the case for change received through

the exercise.

1.2 About the engagement

Early engagement to support potential NHS service changes are an important opportunity to

involve local people in key decisions about their healthcare and services and to open a

large-scale dialogue about priorities and options for the future.

Engagement fulfils several different purposes:

Providing information

Obtaining feedback on proposals and evaluating the priorities among different groups

who may be impacted differently

Demonstrating accountability, scrutiny and open, transparent planning

Supporting a committee decision on specific proposals for change – which may be

subject to future consultation.

APPENDICES

Page 135: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

135

1.3 About the data analysed

The programme used a range of communication channels with significant reach to local

communities combined with targeted activity. This approach ensured notably high levels of

local involvement and inclusion of groups likely to be disproportionately represented among

elective orthopaedic surgery patients in north central London and those at risk of health

inequalities.

Similarly, the views of clinicians and other professionals were gathered using a variety of

methods to develop a rich picture of the views of provider staff, commissioners and

institutions.

1.4 Engagement summary

Table A1: Scope of engagement

Engagement Forum Meetings/Events Numbers

Patients and public 13 181

Commissioners 7 54

Providers 10 287

Local authority 6 22

Total 36 544

Meetings/Events Numbers

Workshops and plenary 5 63

Written communication

Channel Organisational Channels

Written feedback 7

Website feedback 78

Proactive promotion

Reach Organisational channels

(Electronic and print newsletters, mail outs,

bulletins)

Social Media (Facebook, Twitter)

58,710 28,796 29,914

Page 136: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

136

The collection of notes and comments by the programme team was comprehensive and

detailed. We were provided with a significant quantity and variety of free text comments as

the raw data for analysis.

These came in a variety of forms, but were chiefly:

Questionnaire responses

Comments noted at meetings

Formal responses from organisations or individuals (responding in an official

capacity).

This report also takes as a starting point an Initial Equalities Analysis conducted for the adult

elective orthopaedic services review to inform the engagement exercise. The analysis

identified key groups sharing protected characteristics likely to be significantly impacted or

groups at risk of health inequality enabling them to be prioritised.

Within this evaluation of the engagement activities we have aimed to:

Reference all substantive points made

Identify in broad terms themes and opinions including where the data suggests

variations between the different groups identified (i.e. patients/public, providers,

commissioners)

Focus on issues relevant to groups ‘scoped-in’ within equalities analysis where

possible.

1.5 Comments on the data received

The draft case for change was deliberately presented at an early stage of the process to

enable participation by as many key stakeholders as possible and to test the rationale for

change.

There is always a balance to be struck on the timing of engagement, and we have sought to

take this into consideration in the analysis in the following ways:

Respondents would not necessarily understand that the review is an iterative process

and, even if the milestones are set out clearly, there may still be comments based on

incomplete understanding of where, how and on what basis decisions would be

made.

Early engagement is likely to mean that there is not yet detailed, agreed answers for

how the new model may be configured. For example, it is not yet clear whether

imaging is proposed to be at the proposed elective centres or at base or local

hospitals because the model has not been developed in enough depth at this stage.

There may also be incomplete appreciation by respondents about the nature and

extent of communications and engagement or equalities work and, for example,

suggestions for dialogue which have already happened.

2 Headline findings

2.1 Rationale for the review

Describing the drivers for the review – Contributors recognised the pressures and issues the

review is seeking to address and these resonated with their experience of services.

However, questions were raised about whether the rationale for review could be articulated

more clearly, with suggestions that more evidence should be presented about the current

Page 137: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

137

scale and impact of cancellations/delays, and particularly the need for a clearer local case to

support the internationally suggested threshold of 5,000 cases a year and minimum numbers

of consultants per sub-specialism.

2.2 Opportunities to improve services in the preferred model of care

Patient experience Patients with vulnerabilities (e.g. these were learning disabilities,

dementia, and mental health issues) might find it difficult to travel to and find their way

around an unfamiliar hospital, with unfamiliar staff. It was suggested that consideration could

be given to having people available to assist them on arrival.

Continuity of care there were several points raised around the subject of continuity of care.

In the majority of cases these were in the form of questions about the location of pre-

operative assessments and post-operative care/rehabilitation. These comments indicate that

there is a need for the review to clearly explain where these activities would take place at the

next stage of engagement.

Patients with complex needs it was not clear where patients with complex needs (e.g.

those with comorbidities) would have their surgery. This is a growing section of the

population and it would be important for the review to produce clear and well justified

recommendations.

Integration contributors stressed the importance of joined-up working and integration

between clinical, social care and rehabilitation services. The role of an integrated IT system

was important if care is to be delivered across multiple locations.

2.3 Key dependencies or consequences that the preferred model of care would need to

manage

Travel – Always a key concern for public and patients, with the assumption that future

proposals might mean more time and money spent on travelling to appointments, and

potential impact on those with mobility impairments and economically deprived residents.

There were repeated comments suggesting that an in-depth transport analysis should be

considered so that the implications could be fully understood.

Across the system A number of people referenced to the potential risk of unintended/

indirect consequences for other parts of the local health economy. For example, loss of

elective income might damage the viability of services at base hospitals, and that the

separation of trauma and elective orthopaedic work might have a detrimental effect on staff

training, skills, job satisfaction and retention/recruitment.

Patient choice Some members of the public raised concerns about the potential restriction

of patient choice through consolidating elective services into a small number of sites.

The model More detail and reassurance were requested about the practicality of

separating ‘hot’ and ‘cold’ work, based on the concern that staff might be pulled back to

trauma work at times of high demand, winter pressures etc.

Page 138: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

138

2.4 Public and patients

Seen as benefits

Common responses included reference to clinical rationale, proposal seen as “a

good idea” which made sense with an ageing population and could achieve better

outcomes

Benefits for patients were seen as: consolidated expertise and the best equipment;

ability to ring fence beds for elective procedures; relatively rare procedures could be

concentrated in one centre, enabling clinicians to develop skills and experience;

reduced waiting times; fewer infections; speedier recovery; and reduced

cancellations

Other advantages were seen to include cost saving/cost effectiveness, better staff

retention and more scope for research and innovation.

Areas of concern

Most commonly mentioned were concerns about transport/travel, particularly for

patients with mobility impairments/disabilities car parking was a specific concern

How patients would navigate the system and the elective centre, especially for

patients with learning disability, dementia and/or mental health problems

Need more focus on the patient perspective (e.g. data from other areas about patient

experience/satisfaction, and information about current levels of cancellations and

delays should be cited)

That the driver for the review might lead to a focus too strongly on saving money –

there was a related concern that elective centres could lead to privatisation

Some doubt that elective capacity could be effectively ring-fenced

Staff might be reluctant to travel between sites, have less time to see patients and

may confuse/complicate processes

The impact on hospitals not selected as elective centres, particularly on trauma

surgery and consequent distribution of services across north central London

Some saw local hospitals as offering continuity of care – concern that an elective

centre may not be able to deal adequately with complex cases and maintain its own

Intensive Care Unit or High Dependency Unit

Assumption amongst those feeding back that physiotherapy/rehabilitation services

would also be located at the elective centre, with consequent additional journeys

required

A perception from some respondents that recent investment in Chase Farm means it

would automatically be selected as a specialist site, despite the perception of poor

transport links

A concern that patient choice could be reduced by having fewer sites carrying out

elective orthopaedic surgery

High-volume work within one specialism led some contributors to fear that staff could

become bored with the ‘conveyor belt’.

Other points for further consideration

Workforce issues/operational matters, e.g. recruitment and retention implications of

narrower career/training opportunities if elective work is split from trauma work

Social care/discharge, e.g. social care needs to be joined up with clinical care, and

concern that a very large elective centre may struggle to cope with the volume of

discharges across multiple boroughs

Page 139: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

139

The review: scope and timescale, e.g. explain the governance of the review, specify

the decision date. Does the review cover surgery on hands and shoulders?

Evidence-based medicine, e.g. is the review considering the Adherence to Evidence-

based Medicine Consultation and looking at procedures of limited clinical

effectiveness?

Financial/investment, e.g. where would the funding come from to fit out the new

designated centres?

Surgery vs non-surgical intervention e.g. calls for more non-surgical options for

patients, concern that new elective centres might drive a more interventional

approach.

2.5 Commissioners

The findings below are taken from seven meetings held with clinical commissioners. These

meetings were more focused on the technical aspects of a potential new service model

rather than a more deliberative approach used for other meetings.

Seen as benefits

Positive reactions to the key concept of establishing elective orthopaedic centres.

Awareness of similar reviews undertaken in other clinical areas (e.g. cancer or stroke

services), with many benefits cited: reduced length of stay, reduction in unwarranted

variation, procurement efficiency, and enhanced professional experience

Acknowledgement that although patients would not necessarily welcome any

potential additional travel, waiting times were seen as the paramount issue for

patients and anything that impacts positively on this was welcomed.

Areas for further development

Calls for the rationale for the review to be made clearer in the next iteration of the

case for change specifically whether the key motivation was improved clinical

outcomes or cost savings

View that the next iteration of the case for change should be transparent about the

potential downsides of a new service model and how they would be mitigated –

particularly any potential implications for financial viability of other local hospitals e.g.

interdependency between trauma and elective orthopaedic services

Need to consider how the system could be designed to ensure that high standards of

care are maintained across the whole patient experience, this should include social

services involvement

Workforce implications, such as whether clinicians might want to continue working on

both trauma and elective and any implications for training, retention and how

travelling time between sites would be managed

Recognition that it may not prove easy to separate hot and cold capacity in practice

Concern that the new model sets out clearly how patients with co-morbidities would

be managed.

Other points for further consideration

● Ways of working – practical implications, e.g. there would need to be clear protocols

across community services to ensure continuity of care, IT needs to be appropriate

for moving records across different locations

Page 140: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

140

● Engagement to achieve buy in from clinicians and public, e.g. needs to be

representative of boroughs, needs to inform GPs so that they could talk to patients

about it

● The need to work out and explain the patient pathway in the new system, e.g. how

would it fit with the wider MSK pathway, patients need to understand what it would

mean for them

● Further consideration of evidence/data to confirm the case for change, e.g. explain

the statistical evidence supporting the proposals, GIRFT programme needs to be

more prominent in communications

● Surgery vs. non-surgical intervention, e.g. calls for more non-surgical options for

patients, concern that new elective centres might drive a more interventionist

approach.

2.6 Providers

Seen as benefits:

The vision was well-received, though there was recognition that “the devil would be in

the detail”

A view that the public would accept extra travel if they were convinced about the

delivery of better outcomes

Benefits seen as: the opportunity to achieve more within current resources

economies of scale, improved efficiency through greater collaboration, better

outcomes through standardisation and reduced variation, research, and training

Could provide opportunities for staff to work across different sites and experience

both trauma and elective work.

Areas for further development:

That surgeons working across multiple sites might find the experience frustrating,

which could affect staff retention

Standardisation might lead to a levelling down of outcomes, rather than levelling up

The financial model was not yet adequately explained, specifically the potential for

some (especially smaller) hospitals to lose out

Whether resources would need to be shared e.g. pooled budgets across north

central London

Whether the proposed threshold of 5,000 cases per annum would be too high, and

might rule out some locations

Private hospitals were concerned about implications of the review for the private

sector

Need to test further some of the evidence presented e.g. whether GIRFT data is

sufficiently robust and how it would be taken into account

Question about where High Dependency Unit services should be located

View expressed that pre-operative assessment could be done at the site where

surgery would take place, because of considerations around anaesthetic and

perioperative care planning

Some concern that any implications for spinal services were not adequately

discussed in the proposal

Concern about the impact of extra transport/travel for patients and families

particularly challenging for deprived communities

Page 141: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

141

The process and proposals need to ensure a strong focus on patient experience and

continuity of care.

Other points for further consideration:

● Financial issues, e.g. would the necessary capital be available, how would the

income of smaller hospitals be protected?

● Workforce issues, e.g. are surgeons supportive or anxious about this, have

anaesthetists been consulted?

● Issues of scope and definition, e.g. where would day cases go, would it be a hub and

spoke model?

● Spinal issues, e.g. is RNOH spinal work included in the review, have you liaised with

the spinal networks?

● Local services/centralised services, e.g. where would rehabilitation take place, what

would happen to imaging?

● Pathways and relationships within the local health and care economy, e.g. would

there be unintended consequences, it needs good integration with social

care/housing/rehab to get patients home

● Communication, e.g. need to make the case to the public, consolidation at Chase

Farm could have been explained better

● Need to align with NCL work on discharge pathways for complex patients.

2.7 Participation in Enfield

Special mention should be made of the responses received as a result of work by

Healthwatch Enfield, who produced their own questionnaire and materials summarising the

draft case for change and ran a series of local events a number of which were attended by

members of the programme team. This generated a significant number of comments.

Enfield residents were therefore able to participate through both the programme feedback

routes and via Enfield Healthwatch. The raw data from the Enfield Healthwatch

questionnaire was shared with the programme team so that it could be included within the

integrated analysis framework and be reflected in the overall evaluation. Enfield Healthwatch

have also produced their own local report on the feedback received.

3 Meeting best practice

3.1 Policy and guidance relevant to the engagement exercise

When major changes to NHS services are proposed, communications and engagement

should be central at all stages of the process of developing proposals, considering options

and making decisions.

NHS change legislative framework

NHS Act 2006 (as amended by the Health and Social Care Act 2012) - s14Z2

(CCGs), s13Q (NHS E)

Where substantial development or variation changes are proposed to NHS services,

there is a separate requirement to consult the local authority under the Local

Authority (Public Health, Health & Wellbeing Boards and Health Scrutiny)

Regulations 2013 (“the 2013 Regulations”) made under s.244 NHS Act 2006. This is

in addition to the duties on commissioners and providers for involvement and

Page 142: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

142

consultation set out above and it is a local authority which could trigger a referral to

the Secretary of State and the Independent Reconfiguration Panel.

Equalities legislative framework

Equality Act 2010 s149 – Public Sector Equality Duty (PSED) and equality impacts.

Consultation best practice

The Consultation Institute (TCI): The Consultation Charter – The 7 Best Practice

Principles

For commissioner-led processes there are statutory requirements and best practice

guidance was published by NHS England in 2018 in Planning, assuring and

delivering service change for patients (NHS England) which sets out responsibilities

and the process, and separate guidance on equality and health inequalities legal

duties was published in 2015.

3.2 About the engagement process

Programme leaders, the review group and programme team made clear and positive efforts

to meet best practice, and in our view, the exercise meets the key criteria set out in guidance

by NHS England.

We have provided a commentary on relevant elements of the engagement process against

both NHS England best practice and the Consultation Charter standards (Appendix A)

NHS England

In Appendix A we have referenced key points from NHS England guidance relevant to pre-

consultation engagement and included observations on this exercise and appropriate

recommendations for engagement in future phases.

The Consultation Charter

The Consultation Charter (The Consultation Institute) identifies seven principles. Although

most commonly applied to consultation, these represent best practice at all stages of

engagement.

In our view, this engagement fully met the principles of the consultation charter. They are set

out in Appendix A alongside our comments relevant to this engagement.

3.3 Requirements of engagement to support the programme

If there is agreement to proceed, communications and engagement associated with later

stages of the review would be required to meet the statutory requirements set out above.

This would include:

The development of a pre-consultation business case (PCBC)

An options appraisal process

A formal consultation.

In later stages, other checkpoints and/or guidance may also become relevant for

communications and engagement. This includes:

Equalities impacts/Public Sector Equality Duty (PSED)

The Government’s four tests for reconfiguration, plus additional DHSC test on

reduction of hospital beds

Page 143: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

143

Department of Health Gateway (programme readiness)

Government Code of Practice (should consultation be required).

3.4 Approach to analysis

Principles

The analysis and commentary set out in this document are our views based on a review of

the data we received and the following approach:

Scale and scope of engagement is compared with guidance and best practice

(referenced where appropriate).

The analysis is a qualitative exercise, and we have therefore avoided drawing

‘quantitative’ conclusions. We note that participants and respondents are not

necessarily a representative sample of wider populations (or professional groups).

We have aimed to combine insights from a range of sources into a single framework

for an integrated analysis to support decision-making.

We have aimed to produce a comprehensive analysis of qualitative data (i.e. our

purpose is to capture within the analysis all of the substantive points raised in order

to provide the programme team with a rich but manageable checklist of views, issues

and concerns)

The views of providers, commissioners and public/patients are presented separately

so that the reader can appreciate the perspective behind the opinion or question

being expressed.

Questions

Questions were worded to reflect likely perspectives and experiences of different

stakeholders.

Public and patients

1. What are your views on our ideas?

2. What are the advantages and disadvantages of consolidating onto fewer sites?

3. What are the top three considerations to take into account when thinking about how

these services are delivered in the future?

4. If you have used these services (or know someone who has) please tell us whether

the challenges set out in this draft case for change reflect those experiences?

Providers

1. Do the challenges set out in this draft case for change reflect your experiences of

delivering adult elective orthopaedic services in north central London?

2. What are your views on our ideas?

3. What are the advantages and disadvantages of consolidating onto fewer sites?

4. From your perspective what operational considerations need to be taken into account

in designing the new service model?

5. Are there some services that would be best placed locally rather than at a centre?

6. Are there key clinical dependencies that need to be taken into account?

Page 144: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

144

Clinical commissioners

1. Do the challenges set out in this draft case for change reflect your experience of

elective orthopaedic services in north central London?

2. What are your views on our ideas?

3. What are the advantages and disadvantages of consolidating onto fewer sites?

4. From your perspective what operational considerations need to be taken into account

in designing the new service model?

5. Are there some services that would be best placed locally rather than at a centre?

6. Are there key clinical dependencies that need to be taken into account?

7. What are your views on our proposed assessment criteria?

3.5 The Public Sector Equality Duty (PSED)

The engagement exercise was informed by an initial Equalities Impact Assessment (EIA)

which set out the responsibilities of commissioners under the Equality Act 2010 and

assessed the likely impact on groups sharing protected characteristics or others at risk of

health inequalities (deprivation, caring responsibility).

This identified groups with disproportionate need for elective orthopaedic surgery or

differential need (for example, females and males may have different needs to access a

service, but there is no evidence to suggest that either females or males have a

disproportionate need). This is summarised in table A2.

Table A2: Summary of Scoped-In Groups (Protected characteristics in grey have not been

scoped-in by the EIA)

Characteristic Disproportionate need Differential need

Age: Young people

Age: Older people

Disability

Gender: Female

Gender: Male

Gender reassignment

Marriage and civil partnership

Pregnancy and maternity

Race and ethnicity: White

Race and ethnicity: Black

Religion and belief

Sexual orientation

Deprivation

Carers

Page 145: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

145

Communication about the review and case for change and promotion of the engagement to

the scoped-in groups was through a mix of 13 different community channels (e.g.

newsletters) provided by Healthwatch organisations and clinical commissioning groups in

each of the five boroughs in north central London, plus a further four regular publications

aimed at local patients produced by four of the providers.

In addition, direct approaches were made to organisations and networks with reach to all of

the scoped-in groups. Invitations to participate in the engagement in format appropriate to

each group were delivered. As a result, 26 organisations participated and there were nine

meetings and events relevant to equalities communities.

All groups scoped in by the equalities impact assessment participated in the engagement

exercise, with engagement methodology shaped in line with their preferences for

participation (some preferred one-to-one conversations, some preferred to be part of a wider

group conversation and others preferred to participate in an event established especially for

their group e.g. those with learning disabilities).

Equalities groups

26 organisations with reach to equalities communities (i.e. groups sharing nine

protected characteristics, caring responsibility, social deprivation)

Nine meetings and events relevant to equalities communities

17 channels (Five boroughs through Healthwatch or CCG plus four providers) to

communities across NCL.

4 Recommendations

Recommendation 1. Next stages of the review need to focus on the key concerns

frequently mentioned by patients, public, clinicians and commissioners, exploring issues in-

depth, identifying potential solutions and mitigations. In particular:

Transport/travel An in-depth transport analysis would need to be undertaken so

that the implications could be understood

Further examination of the impact of the proposed change in service model on the

local health economy and any unintended consequences for other services and

providers and how these may be mitigated.

Recommendation 2. Issues relating to equalities and accessibility of services, particularly in

relation to ‘scoped-in’ groups identified through the equalities impact analysis, should be

explored in more depth in the later stages of the review. This includes:

The potential benefit of elective surgery centres in developing real expertise relevant

to rare conditions and/or small cohorts of patients. For example, increasing

awareness and reducing the risk of treatment-related decreased bone density in the

transgender population.

Recommendation 3. The next stages of the review should articulate clearer and better-

defined messages about the benefits of centralising elective orthopaedic services for

patients and the public. Key areas of focus include:

Clinical evidence on the improved outcomes which might be achieved.

Explaining the whole care pathway, including rehabilitation, not only the surgical

element, and

Page 146: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

146

Assurances about how continuity of care and joined-up working would be delivered.

Recommendation 4. Through governance and operational structures, recruit clinicians in a

range of roles across north central London who are interested in representing and

advocating for the programme in future phases with stakeholders, media and face-to-face

with residents. This includes providing training, support and co-ordination.

Recommendation 5. Consideration should be given to how any potential options appraisal

and evaluation processes can be co-designed with patients, clinicians and other local

stakeholders. This would include applying patient experience and patient outcome criteria

during the evaluation process. Key themes identified as part of the engagement process

should be taken into account when designing any options appraisal criteria (i.e. sustainability

of the whole system, reducing health inequalities, improving health outcomes, accessibility,

managing interdependencies and improving the quality of the environment and experience

for patients).

Recommendation 6. Further thought should be given to how patients and the public can

have an effective role in governance and operating structures developed for the second

stage of the programme.

For providers as the review progresses

Recommendation 7. There should be clear and defined messages for staff. Key areas

include:

Further examination of the working practicalities of separating elective care – for example

the impact of pressure on clinicians through acute or trauma work during periods of high

demand e.g. winter pressures.

For communications and engagement leads in the sustainability and transformation

partnership

Recommendation 8. Consider opportunities at a system level (North London Partners in

Health and Care) to establish long-term forums for groups sharing protected characteristics,

and others at risk of health inequality, that could be drawn upon as part of engagement on

health and care services, rather than needing to reach out for each individual change

programme.

Sub-appendix A.A – Engagement channels and response

Scale of engagement and response received

In the tables below, we set out the scale of activity and – where possible – the level of

participation.

Forum Meetings/Events

Patients and public 13

Commissioners 7

Providers 10

Local authority 6

Total 38

Page 147: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

147

Engagement response

Design workshops Attendance Numbers

Design Workshop #1– Review Group: Multidisciplinary

design workshop – Engagement planning meeting 35

Design Workshop #2 – Institute of Sport, Exercise and

Health: Multidisciplinary design workshop 28

Design Workshop #3 – Whittington Health Education

Centre: Multidisciplinary design workshop 27

Design Workshop #4 – Institute of Sport, Exercise and

Health: Multidisciplinary design workshop 38

Plenary – Plenary Meeting Arlington 44

Patient engagement planning

Barnet Healthwatch – Engagement planning meeting 2

Public Voice Haringey – Engagement planning

meeting 1

Islington Healthwatch – Engagement planning

Meeting 1

Design workshops

Clinical Engagement: Attendance numbers

Provider engagement events

Royal Free Communications Team – Engagement

planning meeting 2

UCLH Surgery and Cancer Board – MDT clinical

board 13

UCLH Specialist Board – MDT clinical board 25

Royal Free Joint Audit Meeting – MDT clinical board 40

RNOH Clinical Meeting – MDT meeting 150

BMI Meeting Cavell Hospital – private sector

engagement 2

Aspen Health Care – private sector engagement 2

North Mid Orthopaedic Team – provider meeting 10

Whittington Health – provider meeting 18

UCLH orthopaedic audit meeting – provider meeting 25

Page 148: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

148

Clinical commissioners’ engagement events

Haringey and Islington Governing Body in Common -

commissioning forum 23

Camden Seminar Board – seminar board 10

North and East Herts CCG – CCG meeting 3

Enfield Board Seminar – seminar board 12

Herts Valley's CCG meeting 4

North West London STP – neighbouring CCGs 1

North East London CCG – neighbouring CCGs 1

Patient, resident and local authority engagement

Public Engagement: Attendance numbers

Public and Patient engagement events

Camden CPEG – Patient engagement meeting 16

Islington Over 55s Group, Clairmont Centre – Public

event 23

Having A Say Group – Barnet Mencap – learning

disability group 10

Haringey Adult Social Care Joint Partnership Board –

patient public engagement 16

Enfield CCG Voluntary Community Stakeholder

Reference Group – CCG Stakeholder reference group

– patients/public

11

Barnet Healthwatch – patient and public event 11

Enfield CCG – patient and public event 24

St Luke’s, Islington Group (with Healthwatch Islington)

– patient group 9

Haringey CCG open event 26

Camden Healthwatch Group – community event 7

Camden Carers’ Group – meeting with carers in

Camden 3

Enfield Healthwatch public event – patient public

event 23

Gendered Intelligence – patient group 2

Page 149: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

149

Local Authority engagement events

Islington Lead Member 2

Enfield Lead Member 2

Haringey Lead Member 2

Barnet Lead Member 3

Camden Lead Member 3

Enfield Health and Wellbeing Board 10

Sub-appendix A.B – Best practice guidance

NHS England guidelines

From NHS England guidance

on engagement

Observations of this engagement exercise

Front-line clinicians involved,

including playing a role in

communicating the benefits of

change (p.17)

Provider events attended by over 280 staff.

Design workshops were clinically-led.

Clinical leaders developed and presented the draft case for change throughout engagement.

Patients and public engaged

throughout development,

planning and decision-making

(p.17)

Engagement was conducted at early stage of development to gather views on the draft case for change and initial proposition for delivery models.

Early involvement with diverse

communities, Healthwatch and

the local voluntary sector (p 19)

Programme Equalities Impact Assessment clearly stated the ‘scoped-in’ groups most likely to be impacted.

Efforts were made to engage all scoped-in groups.

Involvement should be part of

an ongoing dialogue (p.19)

This exercise is part of a phased engagement with initial focus on the draft case for change.

Evaluation report provides a headline ‘checklist’ of priority issues to be considered at later stages, specifically with patient representatives/Healthwatch, LA Scrutiny, social care and voluntary sector.

A communications and

engagement plan should set

out objectives and methods,

and provide evidence at

assurance checkpoints

(p.19)

A communications and engagement strategy was developed to support the engagement phase of the review and beyond.

Face-to-face meetings were held with lead members for health and care in all five north central London boroughs.

Page 150: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

150

From NHS England guidance

on engagement

Observations of this engagement exercise

Early and continued contact

with local MPs and councillors

(p.19)

A briefing was prepared for MPs across NCL, for distribution by CCG communication teams.

One MP responded with some questions about the review and draft case for change.

Patient and public

representatives should be

involved in internal assurance

processes and structures (p.19)

Two patient representatives (recruited by Healthwatch) sit on the review group.

Structures for internal assurance in the next stage of the review are not yet developed – a recommendation is made in respect of this.

It is good practice for

commissioners to involve

stakeholders in the early stages

of building a case for change

(p.25)

At this early stage, a wide range of stakeholders were involved in discussions on the draft case for change including:

Healthwatch and patient representative groups

Equalities organisations and networks

Clinical commissioners

Front-line staff

Local politicians.

Service design and

communications should be

appropriate and accessible to

meet the needs of diverse

communities (p.14)

The engagement is designed to be accessible to

‘scoped-in’ groups likely to be disproportionately

impacted, with active inclusion for relevant third

sector and representative groups.

Draft case for change was made available for

download in large print.

A public-facing leaflet to accompany the draft case

for change was produced for distribution (5,000

run).

The Consultation Institute Charter

The Consultation Institute’s Charter and seven best practice principles have been adopted

for this project.

Best practice principle Project adherence to the

principle

Integrity

The process must have an honest

intention. The Consultor must be

willing to listen to the views

advanced by consultees and be

prepared to be influenced when

making subsequent decisions.

This engagement is being

conducted at scale and

independently evaluated.

Page 151: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

151

Best practice principle Project adherence to the

principle

Visibility

All those who have a justifiable right

to participate in a consultation

should be made reasonably aware

of the exercise.

There has been a high-level

of external communication,

public meetings attended,

and participation has been

widely promoted.

Accessibility

Consultees must be able to have

reasonable access to the exercise.

This means that the methods

chosen must be appropriate for the

intended audience and that

effective means are used to cater

for the special needs of ‘seldom

heard’ groups and others with

special requirements.

Engagement has focused

on accessibility, with issues

relevant to scoped in groups

specifically addressed and

involvement by people

sharing protected

characteristics actively

encouraged through a

process providing different

channels to respond and

accessible buildings.

Transparency

Many consultations are highly

public, and rightly so. Indeed, the

principle of Transparency and the

Freedom of Information Act 2000

requires that stakeholder invitation

lists, consultee responses and

consultation results be published.

But this should only occur with the

express or implied consent of

participants. Consultors who intend

to publish details of respondents

and their responses have a duty to

ensure that this is understood by all

participants.

A clear timetable and plan

for engagement and

consultation is in place.

At meetings and in the draft

case for change programme

milestones and the process

are clearly set out.

Disclosure

For consultation to succeed, and to

encourage a measure of trust

between the parties, it is important

to provide for reasonable disclosure

of relevant information.

Consultors are under a duty to

disclose information which could

materially influence the nature and

extent of consultees' responses. In

particular, areas where decisions

have effectively been taken already,

and where consultee views cannot

Clear and detailed

information has been widely

publicised in the draft case

for change, and a large

number of individuals have

been, and would be

engaged face-to-face to

answer the questions

posed.

Page 152: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

152

Best practice principle Project adherence to the

principle

influence the situation, should be

disclosed.

Consultees are also under a duty to

disclose certain information. If a

representative body expresses a

view on behalf of its members, it

should inform the consultor of the

presence of any significant minority

opinion within its membership and

be prepared to estimate the extent

to which it is held.

Fair interpretation

Information and viewpoints

gathered through consultation

exercises have to be collated and

assessed, and this task must be

undertaken promptly and

objectively.

In general, decision-makers should

not normally be personally involved

with primary analysis and

interpretation of consultation data,

and the use of external data

analysts has many advantages.

Where consultors use weighting

methods to assist in the

assessment process, this must be

disclosed to participants and to

decision-makers relying on the

consultation output.

Specialist social research

expertise was deployed in

the analysis. The process of

capturing and interpreting

data from the various

feedback sources was

overseen by Graham Kelly.

Graham has worked in

social research for nearly 30

years and was previously

Head of Social Research at

a leading market research

company. From 2010-2018

he was a member of the

Standards Board of the

Market Research Society,

which sets and polices

ethical and professional

standards.

Publication

Participants in a consultation

exercise have a proper expectation

that they would see both the output

and the outcome of the process.

Except in certain Closed or Internal

consultations, the assumption

should be that publication in a form

accessible to the consultee would

follow within a reasonable time after

the conclusion of the exercise.

It is the responsibility of a consultor

to publish an adequate feedback

document, consisting of

The consultation report

would be made public.

Page 153: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

153

Best practice principle Project adherence to the

principle

consultation output, preferably in

advance of decisions being taken.

Page 154: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

154

Appendix B – Options appraisal

B.1 Options appraisal workshop – criteria changes

The final scoring matrix was considerably amended following a workshop on 1 April 2019

involving clinicians and patients and resident representatives. The changes are set out in

the table, below.

The text in blue indicates wording that was amended, or sub-criteria added, following the

workshop with clinical and patient representatives on 1 April 2019. Changes to the

weightings following the workshop are indicated in green.

Area Detail of what is to be assessed Sub-section

weighting

Section

weighting

Criterion 1:

Fit with the

clinical model

How does the option deliver the essential innovation features of the clinical delivery model to achieve effective, safe care for patients?

50%

40%

(was 45%)

How well does the provider’s workforce plan support the aspirations of the clinical delivery model?

40%

(was 35%)

The provider’s proposals for improving education, training and research capability in NCL?

10%

(was 15%)

Criterion 2:

Deliverability

Material risks that could delay or prevent a decision from being made

65%

(was 50%) 20%

Material risks that could delay or prevent the scheme from being implemented once a decision to proceed has been taken

35%

(was 50%)

Criterion 3:

Patient

experience

How well does the option offer a quality service tailored to the needs of patients with vulnerabilities or those with complex needs (non-medical)?

30%

25%

(was 20%) How would the option deliver an accessible service for patients and carers in north central London?

40%

How would the option improve patients’ experience of care?

30%

Criterion 4:

Impact on

other services

Paediatric and adolescent services 60%

(was 70%)

15% Trauma

10%

Spinal surgery 10%

(was 20%)

Page 155: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

155

Area Detail of what is to be assessed Sub-section

weighting

Section

weighting

Community and primary orthopaedic

services 20%

Some elements of the clinical delivery model initially formed part of the hurdle criteria.

However, following further discussion after the workshop, it was felt that assessing some

aspects of the proposed model of care twice, once in the hurdle criteria and again at the

options appraisal stage could be an overly complex process. Therefore, these aspects would

now only be considered as part of the options appraisal.

Page 156: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

156

Appendix C – Assumptions underpinning financial modelling

Proposal Counterfactual

Activity

Baseline used is 2019-20 planned activity

Growth based on

GLA population forecasts weighted by age

Commissioner plans for reducing demand for procedures of limited effectiveness

The net impact is that growth is forecast to grow by approximately 1% per annum, although this varies slightly for each CCG and provider

Activity exclusions

Activity includes adults treated under the orthopaedic specialty.

Excludes:

Patients under 18

Patients treated for spinal procedures

Patients treated for orthopaedic procedures performed by consultants other than orthopaedic surgeons (i.e. hand procedures done by plastic surgeons)

Outpatient activity excluded. Assumed that there would be no impact on outpatient attendances

Activity movement

All inpatients at North Middlesex Hospital move to Chase Farm Hospital Elective Centre (Royal Free Hospitals Trust). Approximately 400 episodes.

Most inpatients at Whittington Health move to UCLH – 360 episodes.

360 day cases from UCLH move to Whittington Health

No change to activity currently at the other NHS providers in NCL sector.

560 inpatients and1,020 day cases currently treated in the independent sector would be treated at Chase Farm Hospital

40 inpatients and 80 day cases currently treated in the private sector would be treated at UCLH.

All activity transfers assumed with no attrition

No shift of activity

Income

Payment by Results rules applied throughout (apart from Camden – see below)

2019-20 plan used as the baseline

2019-20 tariff applied to activity

No price inflation applied

Income (Camden)

Camden MSK contract is a block, so income remains constant until the contract expires in 2022 (note Camden have the option to extend by 2yrs), at which point it is assumed activity reverts to PbR.

Page 157: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

157

Proposal Counterfactual

Market Forces Factor

MFF is at 19/20 rate, applied at the rate for the site the activity is delivered (i.e. assumed any activity transferred to UCLH receives UCLH MFF and vice versa for the WH)

No transfer of activity so does not apply

Expenditure

Baseline is 2019-20 budget informed by service line reporting (SLR) (UCLH and Whitt)

Baseline is 2018-19 actual uplifted 2.1% to 2019-20 price base (NMUH and RFHT)

Cost inflation is excluded

Medical staff costs

Northern partnership – bottom-up costing based on number of sessions required

Southern partnership – direct cost linked to activity movement

Ward costs (nursing etc)

Bottom-up costing using the estimated number of beds required

Theatre costs Unit cost per case from SLR applied to forecast activity

Support services (pharmacy, radiology etc)

Estimate based on local SLR systems

Overheads

Corporate services overhead using % uplift

Northern partnership 30%

Southern partnership 22%

Capital charges

Proportion applied based on the footprint of the elective centre

N/A

Travel No change to the cost of patient travel assumed

N/A

Phasing Changes are assumed to take place from October 2020

N/A

Contingency None applied N/A

Page 158: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

158

Appendix D – North London Partners in Health and Care adult elective

orthopaedic services review – Memorandum of Understanding

Page 159: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

159

Page 160: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

160

Page 161: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

161

Simon Goodwin Chief Finance Officer, NCL CCGs

David Stacey Director of Finance, North Middlesex University Hospital Trust

Peter Ridley Group Chief Finance and Compliance Officer, Royal Free London NHS Foundation Trust

Hannah Witty Director of Finance, Royal National Orthopaedic Hospital NHS Trust

Tim Jaggard Chief Finance Officer, University College London Hospitals NHS Foundation Trust

Kevin Curnow Director of Finance (Acting), Whittington Health NHS Trust

Page 162: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

162

Appendix E – Initial equalities analysis – Desk research

To ensure the NHS has paid ‘due regard’ to the matters covered by Public Sector

Equality Duty, we appointed an independent expert to undertake an integrated health

inequalities and equality impact assessment (IIA), to ensure the project does not have

a disproportionate impact upon any groups with protected characteristics.

This appendix provides the detail of the initial desktop analysis undertaken, with the

full integrated assessment being published separately, alongside the consultation.

Author: Verve Communications

August 2018

North London Partners in Health and Care

North London Partners in Health and Care (NLP) is a partnership of health and care

organisations from the five London boroughs of Barnet, Camden, Enfield, Haringey and

Islington.

NLP have launched a review of adult elective orthopaedic services across North central

London (NCL) following agreement at the NCL Joint Commissioning Committee meeting on

1 February 2018. This review would be clinically led and initiated as part of the north central

London Sustainability and Transformation Partnership (NCL STP).

The decision to embark on a review has stemmed from recognising that whilst there are

many examples of good practice within their current service offer, the care is fragmented

with adult elective orthopaedic services available on ten different sites within NCL. The

review would consider potential options for change to both improve quality of care and

achieve better outcomes and value for patients. The ambition of NLP STP is to create

comprehensive adult elective orthopaedic services for NCL which would be seen as centres

for excellence with an international reputation for high-quality patient outcomes and

experience, education and research.

The first phase of this process will:

Establish the Adult Orthopaedic Services Review Group – with representatives from

trusts, CCGs and patients

Define the vision and case for change based on clear, detailed evidence including

issues/gaps

Develop, evaluate and shortlist options for improving services

Develop a pre-consultation business case (if options for change are recommended).

Our initial equality analysis scoping report (desk research) forms a necessary part of defining

the vision and draft case for change based on clear, detailed evidence including issues and

gaps.

The draft case for change document summarises the evidence which supports the adult

elective orthopaedic services review. This started in February 2018 and would continue to

March 2019 to assess whether there are steps which could be taken to:

Improve outcomes and experience for patients

Improve quality and efficiency of services by reducing unwarranted variation

Make efficiencies as a natural consequence of these improvements, improving value

for money.

Page 163: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

163

The review would consider these opportunities and thoroughly assess the options for

change; options which would help define the future scope and model for the service and is

split into several distinct phases:

1. Set up and planning for the review (February-July 2018)

2. Public and stakeholder engagement (summer and early autumn 2018)

3. Reflection on inputs from the engagement phase and finalising proposed service

model (October-November 2018)

4. Development of a pre-consultation business case (November-March 2019)

5. Subsequent phases for consultation and decision-making. Implementation to be

informed by the service model decided on (dates to be determined).

This draft timeline is flexible as NLP want to ensure that they are engaging properly with

stakeholders and residents. NLP have committed to extending the timeline to achieve this if

necessary.

We understand that the views and ideas expressed in the draft case for change do not, at

this stage, represent the view of the commissioners as to the best way forward. The

development and refinement of the service model is an iterative process. Commissioners

would make a decision in respect of the final service model following phase three, and if

required, a formal consultation process.

Engagement

The fact that this scoping report has been launched and embedded so early in the process is

a positive statement of commitment – often such assessments are conducted late and their

potential helpful impact for patients and residents is reduced.

A critical success factor for the review process is around ensuring appropriate engagement

with patients, the public, clinicians and other staff. This scoping report would feed into the

further development of an existing engagement plan that involves listening to patients to

establish what they consider important about the services, and what could be improved into

the future, before developing options about what might change.

A key commitment of the NCL STP is to involve patients who share one or more protected

characteristic so that future plans are inclusive, eliminate discrimination, advance equality

and foster good relations between those who share one or more protected characteristic and

those who do not. The local approach to patient and public involvement is being developed

in discussion with the five local Healthwatch organisations and the Joint Health Overview

and Scrutiny Committee, this report should inform these discussions.

Good equality analyses are based on good insight and good engagement. Throughout the

engagement process, the capacity of current Joint Strategic Needs Assessments (JSNAs)

and approaches to engagement should be kept under critical review.

Current services

Secondary care orthopaedic interventions for NHS patients are currently delivered from NCL

on ten separate NHS and private sector sites within NCL (plus other NHS and private sector

sites outside NCL).

The sites are listed below and identified on the map below (figure E1) – the map at figure E2

also shows elective commissioner activity by Healthcare Resource Groups (HRG) (2014-15)

across the five boroughs.

Page 164: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

164

Figure E1: Current hospital locations in NCL

Royal National Orthopaedic

Hospital

UCLH - University College

Hospital

UCLH - National Hospital for

Neurology and Neurosciences,

Queens Square

Whittington Health

North Middlesex University

Hospital

Royal Free London – Royal Free

Hospital

Royal Free London - Chase Farm

Hospital

Highgate Private Hospital (Aspen)

The Cavell Hospital (BMI

Healthcare)

The Kings Oak Hospital (BMI

Healthcare)

Figure E2: Elective commissioner activity by healthcare resource groups (HRG)

Page 165: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

165

The elective HRG activity for NHS Barnet CCG, NHS Camden CCG, NHS Enfield CCG,

NHS Haringey CCG, NHS Islington CCG is: 245,972 admissions (68.1% of all admissions),

430,850 bed days (42.1% of all bed days), 1.8 days average length of stay

Equalities analysis overview

Equalities analysis

To support the review process and to ensure that North London Partners in Health and Care

has considered the potential impacts on those characteristics protected under the Equality

Act 2010, including those who identify as carers, Verve Communications was commissioned

to undertake an independent initial equalities analysis through analysis of the draft case for

change for elective orthopaedic services.

Through initial desk research, we have looked at existing data from other programmes

looking at elective orthopaedic services in other parts of the country, Strategic Health Asset

Planning and Evaluation (SHAPE), plus local Joint Strategic Needs Assessments, London

Observatory, local insight work, London Data, EDS2 documents across each CCG (where

available), earlier EIAs from Our Healthier South East London which draws on relevant

national research from NHS England and the British Orthopaedic Association

Scope and objectives

The objectives of this initial equalities’ analysis are to:

Identify positive and any negative impacts for the population to inform the discussion

towards service reconfiguration.

Identify which (if any) of the protected characteristics groups are more likely to be

affected by the proposals due to their propensity to require different types of health

services.

Set out how the core constituent public sector health organisations can fulfil the

Public Sector Equality Duty (PSED) through working to: eliminate unlawful

discrimination, harassment and victimisation and other conduct prohibited under the

Equality Act 2010, advance equality of opportunity between people who share a

protected characteristic and those who do not and foster good relations between

people who share a relevant protected characteristic and those who do not share it.

Provide recommendations on ways in which positive impacts could be maximised

and ways in which to mitigate or minimise any adverse effects.

The process of our equalities analysis is designed to be an interactive ‘work-in-progress’

which would be revisited or re-examined during the development of any potential

consultation process that may be required in the future and throughout the engagement

process. Our draft scoping report follows, if required the analysis could be extended to

include insight and advice through potential consultation and post consultation phase.

We are aware that the health and wellbeing of populations at large are enhanced when

patients, service users, carers, clinicians, practitioners and staff of services are actively

engaged within a joint effort to meet health needs and to reduce health inequalities through

proportionate, equitable and continuing means.

Page 166: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

166

The approach that we have used to conduct this assessment has set out to seek evidence of

any evolving actions our partners are taking to meet their respective Public Sector Equality

Duties in pursuit of local commissioning strategies and equality objectives.

Overview of scoping report

The objectives of this scoping report are to:

Look at demand for elective orthopaedics services by each protected characteristic

group and identify groups for engagement throughout the review process.

Identify existing health inequalities, access barriers and equality issues to be

considered.

Identify groups who share one or more protected characteristics and might have a

higher need for orthopaedic services and may be impacted more by a change in the

delivery of service.

Provide recommendations about key groups that may be targeted if there is a need

for consultation.

Provide advice on equalities questions for inclusion for any potential public

consultation.

Evidence for this scoping report has been gathered through:

Demographic analysis which sets out the characteristics of the north central London

population, and particularly the distribution of residents from different equality groups.

An evidence review of available literature which identifies population groups who may

have a disproportionate need for services.

Feedback gathered by previous and related strategic and community engagement

(particularly through the work on MSK services)

North central London population profile

The total population and the density of the population provide a baseline from which to break

down the key socio-demographic trends in our study area.

Table E1: Total population

The table below shows the total population of each of the five boroughs, as well as wider

comparators:

Borough Resident population 2018 (ONS)

Population 2028

Barnet 395,021 433,082

Camden 249,481 262,350

Enfield 339,277 373,282

Haringey 285,060 307,131

Islington 233,562 244,068

Greater London 8,980,874 9,746,735

The table indicates that the largest of numbers of people live in the boroughs of Barnet (with

395,021 people) and Enfield (with 339,277) while the least populated borough is Islington

(with 233,562). The total population of the scoping area is 1.5m.

Page 167: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

167

Where we refer to Lower Super Output Areas (LSOAs) please note that the average

population of an LSOA in London in 2010 was 1,722 compared with 8,346 for a Middle Layer

Super Output Area (MSOA) and 13,078 for a ward.

Population Density

Figure E3: Total population density of NCL

NHS Barnet CCG, NHS Camden CCG, NHS Enfield CCG, NHS Haringey CCG, NHS

Islington CCG's estimated population density in mid-2016 is 4831.51 per km² within a range

of 96.32 to 43788 across 795 Lower Super Output Area (LSOAs). The England-wide Lower

Super Output Area (LSOA) distribution is 1.71 to 72245.47 with a mean value of 3310.26 per

km².

Insight into protected characteristic groups

In this section each of the nine ‘protected characteristic’ groups are examined, as well

considering other disadvantaged groups, specifically deprived communities and carers. This

includes:

Age

Disability

Pregnancy and maternity

Race and ethnicity

Gender

Sexual orientation

Gender reassignment

Religion and belief

Marriage and civil partnership

Deprived communities

Page 168: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

168

Carers.

For each group, we note whether there is evidence of disproportionate or differential need

for elective orthopaedic services and a summary of this evidence is provided. ‘Differential

need’ in the context of this report means that there is evidence that different subsections of a

protected characteristic group have different needs. For example, females and males have

different needs to access a service, but there is no evidence to suggest that either females

or males have a disproportionate need.

For each characteristic within scope, tables on the left-hand side of each page are provided

to show the total number of that characteristic in each CCG area and the percentage of the

total population. On the right-hand side of the page, socio-demographic maps are used to

demonstrate the density (or distribution) of these population groups across north central

London.

In the final sections, a summary of the in-scope groups is provided alongside a commentary

as to the profile of these population groups across north central London. Other equality

impacts are explored, and an overview and example of potential next steps provided.

Age (older people)

Table E2: Population aged 65 or over and 75 or over:

Aged 65 and over % Aged 75 and over %

Barnet 53,415 13.84 24,641 6.38

Camden 28,719 11.67 12,594 5.12

Enfield 42,030 12.68 19,491 5.88

Haringey 25,730 9.24 11,038 3.96

Islington 20,229 8.69 8,779 3.77

The analysis shows that Barnet has the highest percentage volume of those aged 65 and

over and those aged 75 and over. Barnet also has significantly more older people than any

of the other boroughs, with Islington having the least.

Page 169: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

169

Figure E4: Population density aged 65 and over

Evidence to demonstrate disproportionate need for elective orthopaedic care:

Osteoporosis, a condition treated with elective orthopaedic care, becomes more likely as we

age. Around 50% of people over the age of 75 are affected by the condition and after the

age of 50 one in two women and one in five men will break a bone as a result of poor bone

health arising from osteoporosis76.

Evidence surrounding specialised orthopaedics services in adults also points towards older

people having a disproportionate need for revision joint procedures in later life, thereby

increasing the demand for elective orthopaedic care with older people. This is because the

average age for arthroplasty procedures is falling, and so people are likely to need revision

procedures as they are having initial surgery younger. The average age for knee arthroplasty

has fallen from 70.6 in 2004 to 67.5 in 2010, and from 68 in 2004 to 62 in 2010 for hip

arthroplasty patients. It is worth noting that these figures come in a time when the population

is ageing. NHS England (2013): NHS Standard Contract for Specialised Orthopaedics

(Adults).

19% of women and 18% of men undergoing a total knee replacement are under the age of

60.77 Nationally the average age for total hip replacement is 68 years (British Orthopaedic

Association, 2015)

76 Age UK (No date): Osteoporosis: Could you be at risk?. 77 http://www.mtg.org.uk/major-studies/

Page 170: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

170

Examples of evidence to demonstrate disproportionate need for elective orthopaedic care78

Older people are more predisposed to osteomyelitis than the general population as they

disproportionally suffer from associated disorders (such as diabetes). (Biomed Central,

2010: Osteomyelitis in elderly patients).

Bursitis also disproportionately effects older people due to the joints, muscles and tendons

near the bursae being overused (NHS Choices 2014, Causes of bursitis).

The NHS website reports that most people who have a total knee replacement are over 65

years old. The most common reason for knee replacement surgery is osteoarthritis. NHS

Choices 2015.

Changing population trends of older people

Barnet has a higher proportion of its total population who are aged over 65 when compared

to London. The number of people aged 65 and over is projected to increase by 34.5% by

2030, over three times greater than other age groups.

Disability check stats below

Table E3: Population with long term illness or disability, learning disabilities, dementia,

osteoporosis and rheumatoid arthritis79 80

Long-term illness or disability

Learning disabilities

Dementia Mental health

Osteoporosis Rheumatoid arthritis

Barnet 55,302 1,469 2,887 4,140 691 1,592

Camden 17,325 744 1,363 4,002 235 1,015

Enfield 52,248 1,289 2,068 3,582 366 1,483

Haringey 39,908 1,050 1,203 3,808 298 1,158

Islington 36,435 993 1,210 3,774 170 1,021

201,218 5,545 8,731 19,306 1,760 6,269

Prevalence of learning disabilities across the five boroughs is lower than the England

average and in line with London at an estimated 3.36 per 1,000 people. The prevalence of

long-term conditions increases with age, in Camden for example, 60% to 65% of people

aged over 55 diagnosed with a long-term condition in each locality. The prevalence of having

at least one diagnosed long-term condition is highest among the Black population.

78 Please note, that although we are seeing a significant increase in joint replacement in the young population, it continues to

be the older population that is most reliant on orthopaedic services and driving the increasing workload. Briggs, T (2015) Getting it right first time. 79 Source for Long term illness and disability: UK Census 2011 80 Source for Learning disability, dementia, mental health, osteoporosis and rheumatoid arthritis: QOF results year 2016/17,

NHS Digital

Page 171: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

171

Mental health: NHS Barnet CCG, NHS Camden CCG, NHS Enfield CCG, NHS Haringey

CCG, NHS Islington CCG's reported prevalence of patients with mental health is 1.25% for

year 2016/17. The England-wide GP distribution is 0% to 16.58% with a mean value of

0.96%. The value falls in the upper quintile.

Dementia: NHS Barnet CCG, NHS Camden CCG, NHS Enfield CCG, NHS Haringey CCG,

NHS Islington CCG's diagnosis percentage for ages 65+ is 4.85% for January 2018. The

England-wide GP distribution is 0% to 69.57% with a mean value of 4.32%.

Learning disability: NHS Barnet CCG, NHS Camden CCG, NHS Enfield CCG, NHS

Haringey CCG, NHS Islington CCG's reported prevalence of patients with learning

disabilities is 0.36% for year 2016/17. The England-wide GP distribution is 0% to 4.34% with

a mean value of 0.48%.

Examples of evidence to demonstrate disproportionate need for elective orthopaedic care

A UK report supported by the Department of Health states that people with learning

disabilities may have increased prevalence of osteoporosis and lower bone density than the

general population. Contributory factors include their possible lack of weight-bearing

exercise, delayed puberty, entering menopause at an earlier-than-average age for women,

poor nutrition, being underweight and use of anti-epilepsy medication. The report notes that

people with learning disabilities have a greater prevalence of some of the risk factors

associated with osteoporosis than other people (Emerson, E. et al. (2012): Health

Inequalities & People with Learning Disabilities in the UK: 2012).

Studies have suggested that people who take epilepsy medicine for long periods of time are

at higher risk of thinning and breaking bones than those who do not take epilepsy medicine.

In 2009, the Medicines, Healthcare Products Regulatory Authority (MHRA) advised that

people still taking the following older epilepsy medicines on a long-term basis were at risk of

osteoporosis or broken bones, carbamazepine, phenytoin, primidone and sodium valproate.

However, there is little research exploring whether some of the newer types of epilepsy

medicines can cause bone problems (Epilepsy Action (2013): Bone health).

Epilepsy is also more common in people with a learning disability than in the general

population. It is estimated that one in three people who have a mild to moderate learning

disability also have epilepsy and around one in five people with epilepsy also have a learning

disability. The more severe the learning disability it, the more likely that the person will have

epilepsy as well (Epilepsy Society (2016): Learning disability and epilepsy).

Orthopaedic surgery may also be necessary for people with cerebral palsy to correct

problems with bones and joints. (NHS Choices website 2015).

Although there is no direct correlation between mental health and a greater need for

orthopaedic surgery, those suffering with mental illness have a number of inequality issues

to consider. There are three main ways, as outlined by the Department of Health DOH

(2011) No Health Without Mental Health: Analysis of the Impact on Equality (AIE), that

inequality is important in mental health and impacts on other areas of the report:

People who experience inequality or discrimination in social or economic contexts

have a higher risk of poor mental wellbeing and developing mental health problems.

People may experience inequality in access to, and experience of, and outcomes

from services.

Mental health problems result in a broad range of further inequalities.

Page 172: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

172

Finally, there is also evidence suggesting that people with HIV may have a disproportionate

need for elective orthopaedic surgery. Particularly: low bone mineral density is prevalent in

people with HIV81. Inflammatory arthropathy and avascular necrosis is common in HIV

patients82. Factors that may increase the risk of osteoporosis in people living with HIV

include HIV infection itself and some HIV medicines (for example tenofovir disoproxil

fumarate)83

Sex: Female

Nearly half the NCL population is female (49%). Women are at higher risk of requiring

orthopaedic services due to living longer and the subsequent risk of osteoporosis, hormonal

changes related to menopause, incidence of specific conditions such as Lupus, and

exposure to specific medications such as those prescribed to treat breast cancer84.

Table E4: Female breakdown by borough

Females %

Barnet 195,245 49.43

Camden 122,196 48.98

Enfield 169,597 49.99

Haringey 138,001 48.41

Islington 115,700 49.54

Total 740,739

81 McComsey, GA et al (2010) ‘Bone Disease in HIV infection 82 Reis MD, Barcohana B, Davidson A et al. Association between human immunodeficiency virus and osteonecrosis of femoral

head. J. Arthroplasty 2002; 17: 135-9 83 Brown T, Qaqish RD Antiretroviral therapy and the prevalence of osteopenia and osteoporosis: a meta-analytic review. AIDS

20 (17): 2165-2174, 2006 84 What Breast Cancer Survivors Need To Know About Osteoporosis National Institutes of Health Osteoporosis and Related

Bone Diseases National Resource Center (2018)

Page 173: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

173

Figure E5: Population density of females in NCL

Females have been scoped in as having a disproportionate need. The evidence for this is

provided below.

Examples of evidence to demonstrate disproportionate need for elective orthopaedic care

Hip and knee operations have a clear role in getting patients back to work as more and more

patients receiving an implant are of working age. 20% of female and 25% of male patients

receiving a hip replacement are under the age of 60.85

Osteoporosis is more common in women than men. Women tend to live longer, with age

leading to an increased likelihood to develop osteoporosis (see section D.1). In addition, at

around the age of 50, women experience the menopause, at which point their ovaries almost

stop producing the sex hormone oestrogen, which helps to keep bones strong (National

Osteoporosis Society (No date): Risk factors for osteoporosis and fractures). A woman’s risk

of having osteoporosis is also heightened if she has an early menopause or a hysterectomy

with removal of the ovaries prior to the age of 45 (Age UK (No date): Osteoporosis: Could

you be at risk?).

Joint pain is a common symptom of the condition lupus, especially in the small joints found in

hands and feet. The pain normally moves from joint to joint and is often described as 'flitting'.

Joint pain and swelling are often the main symptoms for some people, although it is unusual

for lupus to cause joints to become permanently damaged or deformed. About one in 20

people with lupus develop more severe joint problems, and less than one in 20 have joint

hypermobility or a form of arthritis called Jaccoud’s arthropathy, which can change the shape

of the joints (Arthritis Research UK (No date): What are the symptoms of lupus?). Lupus is

more common in women than men, with around seven times as many women as men

having the condition. Whilst drugs are often prescribed to lupus suffers, some also undergo

elective orthopaedic surgery.

85 http://www.mtg.org.uk/major-studies/

Page 174: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

174

Up to 50% of women develop carpal tunnel syndrome (CTS) during pregnancy. CTS in

pregnant women often gets better within three months of the baby being born, although it

may need surgical treatment if symptoms fail to subside. In some women, symptoms can

continue for more than a year. CTS is also common in women around the time of the

menopause. (NHS Choices, 2014, Causes of carpal tunnel syndrome). Evidence also

suggests that more women than men develop CTS, possibly because women naturally have

smaller carpal tunnels (Bupa (No date): Carpal tunnel syndrome). Occasionally, some

medications could also cause the condition. Exemestane and anastrozole are both

medications used for the treatment of breast cancer, thus taken by a disproportionately large

number of women. Both drugs are said to potentially cause carpal tunnel syndrome (Arthritis

Research UK (2012): Carpal tunnel syndrome).

Finally, as women are likely to live longer than men and therefore more likely to use elective

orthopaedic care (D.1.)19% of women and 18% of men undergoing a total knee replacement

are under the age of 60.

Gender reassignment

Population demographics are not available for the numbers of people undergoing, or who

have undergone, gender reassignment. However, stakeholders have noted that the number

of gender reassignment procedures is increasing. This is supported by figures obtained

under a Freedom of Information request, which shows that there have been increases in the

number of referrals to all the UK’s gender identity clinics (GIC). The London GIC in Charing

Cross is the largest adult clinic. The number of referrals has almost quadrupled in 10 years,

from 498 in 2006-07 to 1,892 in 2015-16. In 2015-16, NHS England has provided an

additional £3m towards funding adult GIC clinics. ‘Gender identity clinic services under strain

as referral rates soar’ Guardian newspaper 10 July 2016.

Examples of evidence to demonstrate disproportionate need for elective orthopaedic care

Trans men (female-to-male) and trans women (male-to-female) may be at risk of developing

osteoporosis because of the need to take hormones that change the balance of oestrogen

and testosterone in the body. After gender reassignment surgery, the level of hormones may

decrease, and this may also affect bone density. The degree to which either of these factors

affect the risk of breaking a bone, however, remains uncertain. Replacement sex hormones

(testosterone for trans men and oestrogen for trans women) are necessary to maintain bone

strength and are generally continued long-term. The risk of developing osteoporosis may

increase if sex hormone replacement is discontinued, or if levels of replacement are too low

(National Osteoporosis Society (2014): Transsexual people and osteoporosis).

Research has also found that the male-to-female trans population who have their testicles

removed can affect bone density as the body’s natural levels on testosterone are too low.

However, evidence suggests that taking oestrogen instead compensates for the decrease in

testosterone. Some trans men who are unable to take testosterone use Depo-Provera to

stop their periods from occurring, and, there is some concern that using Depo-Provera can

negatively affect bone density (Vancouver Coastal Health, Transcend Transgender Support

& Education Society and Canadian Rainbow Health Coalition (2006): Trans people and

osteoporosis).

It must be noted that the research available on this issue is limited, however due to the

evidence presented above, gender reassignment has been scoped in as a protected

characteristic that may have a disproportionate need. This would be explored further with

clinicians and representatives of those who are undergoing gender reassignment.

Page 175: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

175

Race and ethnicity: White populations

Table E5: Population with a white ethnic background

Barnet and Camden have the highest volumes and proportions of people from a white ethnic

background.

Figure E6: Population density of white ethnicity

Examples of evidence to demonstrate differential need for elective orthopaedic care

It is important to note that this report is suggesting a differential need amongst ethnic groups,

rather than a disproportionate need. This is because there is evidence to suggest that those

from different ethnic backgrounds have need for different types of elective orthopaedic care

services. The evidence on this page highlights issues pertaining to those from a white ethnic

background.

The National Osteoporosis Society states that those from Caucasian background are at

higher risk of osteoporosis than Afro-Caribbean people. This is because people from an

Afro-Caribbean background tend to have bigger bones. National Osteoporosis Society (No

date): Risk factors for osteoporosis and fractures. See: https://www.nos.org.uk/healthy-

Population: White ethnic background (ONS, 2011)

%

Barnet 228,553 64.13

Camden 145,055 66.29

Enfield 190,640 61.01

Haringey 154,343 60.54

Islington 140,515 68.17

England mean value NA 86.74

Page 176: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

176

bones-and-risks/are-you-at-risk. In addition, a US study founded that Afro-Caribbean

American women’s femoral neck bone mineral density (BMD) was 10% to 25% higher when

compared to US white women, thereby lessening their risk of developing osteoporosis or hip

conditions in their life course (Dempster, D. et al (2013): Osteoporosis Fourth Edition). Data

from a UK-cohort of the European Male Aging Study (EMAS) also compared White-British

men to a group of Afro-Caribbean British and South-Asian British men. The Afro-Caribbean

British group had higher BMD at all sites when compared to South-Asian British and White-

British, both before and after adjustment for body size (Zengin. A. et al (2015): Ethnic

differences in bone health).

Race and Ethnicity: Black population

Table E6: Population with a Black and minority ethnic background

NHS Barnet CCG, NHS Camden CCG, NHS Enfield CCG, NHS Haringey CCG, NHS

Islington CCG's population in the Black/African/Caribbean/Black British: All ethnic group is

12.83% within a range of 0.86% to 50.59% across 795 LSOAs. The England-wide LSOA

distribution is 0% to 64.96% with a mean value of 3.14%. The value falls in the upper

quintile.

The population is projected to become increasingly diverse, for example, with the BAME

population in Barnet projected to increase from 38.7 to 43.6% of the total Barnet population.

Population: Black and

minority ethnic background %

Barnet 81,118 12.13

Camden 18,060 8.2

Enfield 53, 687 17.18

Haringey 47,830 18.76

Islington 26,294 12.76

England mean value NA 3.14

Page 177: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

177

Figure E7: Population density of Black ethnicity

Examples of evidence to demonstrate differential need for elective orthopaedic care

Scientists at the London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine discovered that people of

non-white ethnicity tend to have more severe disease and have suffered with arthritis for

longer by the time they undergo surgery. (Arthritis Research UK (2012): Sociodemographic

factors influence timing of joint replacement surgery). In addition, reports in the US on

differences in knee osteoarthritis between African-Americans and Caucasians report a

higher prevalence knee osteoarthritis in African-Americans, as well as more symptomatic

knee osteoarthritis in African-Americans than Caucasians. Gait patterns can also differ

between ethnic groups in osteoarthritis prevalence. A study has reported that that African-

Americans were possibly more prone to lateral compartment knee osteoarthritis than

Caucasians (Chaganti, R. et al. (2011): Risk factors for incident osteoarthritis of the hip and

knee).

Lupus is also more common in some ethnic groups as well, particularly those of African

origin (Arthritis Research UK (No date): Lupus)

Black people were one third as likely to receive a hip replacement compared to white people,

while Asian people were one fifth as likely to have the procedure. For knee replacement,

Black people were two thirds as likely and Asian people were just over four fifths as likely to

have surgery, compared to white people. Ethnic minorities are undergoing fewer than

expected joint replacement operations and it is likely a combination of different factors. One

possible explanation could be patient willingness to undergo surgery amongst the different

ethnic groups examined. This is often shaped by cultural factors, doctor-patient

communication, and even patient trust in the healthcare system. Secondly, osteoarthritis of

the hip is slightly less common amongst Black and Asian people and this may partially

explain the differences. It is also interesting to note the gender differences in rates of knee

Page 178: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

178

replacement with Black and Asian males much less likely to undergo joint replacement than

Black and Asian females. These initial observations require further investigation. 86

Socio-economic status

Table E7: Population experiencing high levels of multiple deprivation:

Figure E8: Socio-economic status

Using the indices of multiple deprivation, the map highlights areas of high levels of multiple

deprivation with Islington and Haringey experiencing the most. Deprivation impacts life

86 Smith MC, et al., ‘Rates of hip and knee joint replacement amongst different ethnic groups in England: an

analysis of National Joint Registry data’, Osteoarthritis and Cartilage (2017)

Index of Multiple Deprivation score

(2015)

Health deprivation and disability (2015)

Barnet 17.81 13.5%

Camden 26.15 13.5%

Enfield 26.99 13.5%

Haringey 31.04 13.5%

Islington 32.53 13.5%

England mean value 21.67 NA

Page 179: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

179

expectancy, for example, in areas of higher deprivation in Enfield, men live 8.7 years less,

and women live 8.6 years less than in more affluent areas.

Examples of evidence to demonstrate disproportionate need for elective orthopaedic care

Deprivation is associated with greater need for total hip and knee replacement surgery.

Moreover, more deprived patients remain in hospital longer, without morbidity, because of a

lack of social support available to them in the community. (Major elective joint replacement

surgery: socioeconomic variations in surgical risk, postoperative morbidity and length of stay,

Journal of Evaluation in Clinical Practice, 2009).

Scientists at the London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine also discovered that

people from lower socioeconomic backgrounds, tend to have more severe disease and have

suffered with arthritis for longer by the time they undergo surgery. The researchers looked at

data on 117,736 patients, all of whom underwent hip or knee replacement surgery in

England in 2009-10 (Arthritis Research UK (2012): Socio-demographic factors influence

timing of joint replacement surgery).

Evidence suggests that malnutrition increases the risk of developing osteomyelitis, as a

weakened immune system makes it more likely for infections to spread to the bones (NHS

Choices, 2014, Osteomyelitis – Causes). Moreover, osteomyelitis is more likely to occur if for

some reason an individual’s bones are susceptible to infection. Pre-existing health

conditions, such as diabetes, can cause this. In this instance bones may not receive a

steady blood supply, meaning infection-fighting white blood cells cannot reach the site of

injury within the bone (NHS Choices (2014): Osteomyelitis – Causes). Diabetes prevalence

increases with greater levels of deprivation. Public Health England (2014) Adult obesity and

type 2 diabetes.

In addition, obesity prevalence increases with greater levels of deprivation. Public Health

England (2014) Adult obesity and type two diabetes. Obesity is a strong risk factor for knee

osteoarthritis, with obese people 14 times more likely to develop the condition than those of

a healthy weight. ‘Osteoarthritis and obesity’ Arthritis Research Campaign 2013. Although

the main treatments for osteoarthritis include lifestyle measures, in some cases, surgery to

repair, strengthen or replace damaged joints is preferred.

Carers

Table E8: Number of people providing care per week across the five boroughs (Census

2011)

Barnet has a significantly higher volume of carers than any other area, however Enfield has

proportionately more individuals caring for another person for more than 50 hours a week.

Carers providing 1-19 hours care per week

20-49 hours

50+ hours

Barnet 21,448 5,584 6,224

Camden 11,551 2,457 3,318

Enfield 17,299 4,131 6,194

Haringey 11,812 2,904 4,171

Islington 10,044 2,505 3,762 72,154 17,581 23,669

Page 180: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

180

Please note that while the most up-to-date data on carers is from the 2011 census, figures

may have changed since then. In addition, carer figures tend to be under-reported as data

requires carers to self-identify. A proportion of those whom the NHS would deem to be

carers do not identify themselves in this way.

Examples of evidence to demonstrate differential need for elective orthopaedic care

It is important to note here that we are not stating carers have a disproportionate need for

elective orthopaedic care, rather they have a differential need due to their caring

responsibilities, which is different to non-carers. As older people are more likely to require

carers, and they are the greatest users of elective orthopaedic care, carers are likely to be

impacted by any service changes. A report by Carers UK indicated that failing to consider

post-hospital support and carers’ needs had counterproductive consequences, such as

increased readmission (Carers’ UK, 2016: Response to the Public Administration and

Constitutional Affair Committee Inquiry into Unsafe Hospital Discharge). Carers can also be

disproportionate affected by longer waiting and recovery times for surgery, fitting this around

the needs of those they care for is a delicate balance.

Summary of scoped-in groups

The table below gives a summary of the groups scoped in and whether they have a

disproportionate or differential need for elective orthopaedic care. For each group, we note

whether there is evidence of disproportionate or differential need for elective orthopaedic

services and a summary of this evidence is provided. ‘Differential need’ in the context of this

report means that there is evidence that different sub sections of a protected characteristic

group have different needs. For example, females and males may have different needs to

access a service, but there is no evidence to suggest that either females or males have a

disproportionate need.

Table E9: Needs by characteristic

Characteristic Disproportionate

need

Differential need

Age: Young people

Age: Older people

Disability

Gender: Female

Gender: Male

Gender reassignment

Marriage and civil partnership

Pregnancy and maternity

Race and ethnicity: White

Race and ethnicity: Black

Religion and belief

Sexual orientation

Page 181: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

181

Characteristic Disproportionate

need

Differential need

Deprivation

Carers

It is important to note that the report is not suggesting that other groups would not have need

of these services, rather it is to suggest that there does not presently exist a body of

evidence indicating a disproportionate or differential need. This could and should be,

continually examined through any potential further stages of the process.

Summary of the geographical distribution of scoped in groups

At the CCG level, volume and proportion are used as helpful measures to understand the

population of each scoped in group and to understand the relative presence of any particular

group.

At a pan north central London level, it is useful to look at density as a measure by which to

understand where the greatest concentration of scoped in groups are located. This is

important because this helps to indicate where impacts, both positive and negative, are more

likely to be realised across the study area without the analysis confined to administrative

boundaries.

In the case of this equality analysis and its ability to inform the decision-making process, it is

crucial to look at future service provision across north central London, rather than at a CCG

level. Travel time and accessibility impacts would need to be considered in any future

analysis, particularly as sites are selected to deliver more or less elective activity. Data on

how populations are changing has been excluded from this analysis.

Page 182: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

182

Scoped in groups Volume Proportion Highlight

comments at CCG

level

Density Highlight comments at

North central London level

Age (Older people) Barnet has the highest

numbers of those aged

65 or over and aged 75

or over. Enfield also

has high volumes.

The greatest proportions of

older people are in Barnet

(13.84%) and Enfield

(12.68%), both of which are

slightly higher than the

greater London average

(12%).

Barnet and

Enfield are areas

with high volumes

and proportions of

older people.

Density of older

people is highest

in areas of

Barnet and

Enfield.

The north west of the study

area has the highest density

of older people.

Disability Barnet has the most

people living with a

long-term illness or

disability.

Camden has the lowest volume.

As a proportion of the

population, greater

proportions of disabled

people are in Islington

(15.6%), Enfield (15.4%)

and Camden (14.4%), all of

which are slightly higher

than the greater London

average (14%)

Barnet has high

volume and

proportion of those

living with a long-

term illness or

disability. Camden

and Islington have

higher proportion of

those living with

mental ill health.

Islington and

Camden have

higher densities of

those with a long-

term illness or

disability.

The inner London boroughs in the north west of the study area have the highest density of those with a long-term illness of disability.

Gender: Female

Race and ethnicity:

White

Barnet has the greatest

volume of people from

a white ethnic

background.

Islington (68%), Camden

(66%) and Barnet (64%)

have the highest proportion

of people from a white ethnic

background.

Barnet has the

highest volume and

one of the highest

proportions of

people from a white

ethnic background.

Islington has the

highest density of

those from a white

ethnic background,

Enfield the lowest.

Pockets of high density of

people from a white ethnic

background exist across the

study area.

Race and ethnicity: Black The greatest volume of

black communities is in

Barnet, followed by

Enfield and then

Haringey.

Haringey (19%) and Enfield

(17%) have the highest

proportion of people from a

black background.

Barnet has the

highest volume, and

Haringey, has the

highest proportion,

The greatest

densities people

with a black

background is in

Haringey.

Pockets of high density of

people with a Black ethnic

background exist across the

study area.

Page 183: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

183

Scoped in groups Volume Proportion Highlight

comments at CCG

level

Density Highlight comments at

North central London level

of those from a

black background.

Gender reassignment

Deprived communities The volume of people

classified as deprived

is far greater in

Islington and Haringey.

According to the GLA report

on Indices of Deprivation in

the capital There is a

crescent of deprivation from

Enfield south through

Haringey to Islington,

Camden and Hackney

Islington (32.53) and

Haringey (31.04) also have

the highest levels of

deprivation, both of which are

significantly higher than the

greater London average and

national average (see

appendix 8).

Enfield and Camden

have very high

volumes and

proportions of

people classified as

deprived.

Islington has

higher densities of

deprivation, though

pockets also exist

in Haringey and

Camden.

The central of the study area

has the highest density of

people living in deprivation.

Carers Barnet has the largest

volume of carers and is

much higher than the

other areas.

Barnet has the highest

proportion of carers, though

all are similar or identical to

that of the greater London

average of 5%.

Barnet has

significantly more

carers than any

other area. It also

has the highest

proportion of carers.

This is consistent

with the fact that

Barnet also has the

largest volumes of

older people.

Page 184: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

184

Concluding observations

Equalities analysis

This scoping report highlights the need for the following groups to be included in any

potential future engagements or if there is a need for consultation efforts: older people,

disabled people, females, people undergoing gender reassignment, people from a white

ethnic background, people from a black background, people in economic and social

deprivation and carers.

It is understood that disability is a heterogeneous category and that people with different

disabilities have different needs. This report focuses on those with learning disabilities,

rheumatoid arthritis, osteoporosis, epilepsy, mental health issues or dementia as this is

where most recent evidence exists to demonstrate disproportionate need. This would be

further explored with stakeholders representing disability as engagement continues.

It should be noted that individuals may be represented by more than one of the protected

characteristics as scoped in this report. This does not mean that their need would be greater

than an individual with one of the protected characteristics scoped into our report. For

example, a woman over 65 falls in to two of the protected characteristics (women and people

over 65) we cannot quantify that this example has double the level of need as a woman

under 65.

Recommendations for future engagement and consultation

Previous related consultation efforts have picked up on the following areas of focus that

might highlight variation in access, quality and outcomes relevant to equalities should any

potential plans require a consultation process:

Location of rehabilitation services.

Liaisons between community care services and planned care centres.

How planned care centres meet requirements of people with specific needs. This

would emerge throughout the engagement process.

As part of planning, along with any potential future engagement or consultation processes,

the report suggests that NLP considers examining issues such as the location and access of

services, the design of services monitoring and feedback. This would assist NLP in

understanding how factors such as location, the design of service and how they capture

feedback is important to patients and stakeholders. This is to be discussed further with NLP

should there be a need to move into a public consultation phase.

The social demographic analysis demonstrates difference in population groups across the

five boroughs represented by the NLP. Northern parts of the area represented by the STP,

Barnet and Enfield, have higher densities of the older people and carers. More central

boroughs, Camden and Islington, have higher densities of long-term disability or deprivation.

If NLP proceed to consultation phases it would be prudent to focus consultation activities on

certain groups in specific areas according to the trends identified in the report.

Page 185: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

185

Next steps

Recommendations for current engagement and potential consultation

A continuing programme of engagement, these could take the form of face-to-face

meetings, one-to-one telephone interviews with stakeholders, focus groups and

presentations.

To date stakeholders have highlighted some potential overarching equality impacts,

which we would look to explore in more detail in any further stages.

Patient experience and quality of care: Some vulnerable groups find it more challenging

to understand and accommodate change in service provision, either due to challenges in

terms of comprehension, anxiety around unfamiliar journeys or venues and/or a lack of

independence. This may affect patient experience before and during service receipt.

Travel and access for certain protected characteristic groups. Centralisation of some

services would require longer journey times for some patients. Understanding the extent

to which these longer journey times affect the protected characteristics will be critical.

This is particularly the case because several equality groups have a higher reliance on

public transport than the general population which could compound any accessibility

impacts. It is recommended that NLP might want to consider this issue quantitatively

using travel and access analysis, based on different service options. We could discuss

the benefits of this with NLP in more detail.

Providing expert advice to NLP during any potential public consultation phase.

Undergoing staff engagement through one-to-one interviews.

Delivering an equalities training workshop to NHS staff on the data required to fulfil

Public Sector Equality Duty (PSED).

Recommendations for service design

Equalities recommendations should be considered at every stage of the service design.

Equalities monitoring whether through PSED2 or other mechanism should be built into

contract monitoring.

Commissioning of insight work to address gaps in equality data and information about

groups for patients with vulnerabilities and those who are isolated.

Collaboration with partner agencies to share information around particular groups to

strengthen and consolidate data capture and analysis.

Introduction of key equality questions at each stage of any procurement process to

ensure a stronger emphasis on provider requirement to provide specific responses

tailored to population.

Collaboration with system partners to agree more specific equality outcomes. measures

are supported by co-ordinated action by other partner organisations which address the

wider determinants that impact on health outcomes.

More comprehensive equality analysis and recommendations for best practice to be

written into equality analyses and provided as an important addendum for providers to

drive service change.

Building in a more explicit requirement for potential providers to evidence their ability to

flex and sustain required changes in services in light of new and existing changes to

equality data and population need.

Full appendices to the EQIA are available here.

Page 186: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

186

Appendix F – Project implementation plan

Programme management arrangements

Following the outcome of the proposed consultation, if plans require implementation, this

would be co-ordinated and formally monitored by the NCL CCG 87 to ensure there are robust

reporting and assurance mechanisms in place. The STP management and governance

structure would ensure clear accountability and allocation of responsibilities and enable

issues to be rapidly identified and addressed. This appendix sets out a structure for

implementation and covers the following key areas, pending the outcome of the formal

consultation process and further consideration of the clinical senate recommendations,

where these would be reviewed and updated to take account of feedback received:

Project implementation budget

Project implementation team

Risk management arrangements

Implementation structure

Post-programme evaluation.

Project implementation budget

Project costs relating to the programme team and specialist advisors are included in the total

cost for the proposals. The budget for 2020/21 would need to be formally approved.

Project implementation team

The joint senior responsible officers for the project are Will Huxter, Director of Strategy for

NCL CCGs, and Rob Hurd, Chief Executive of the Royal National Orthopaedic Hospital, who

jointly chair the programme board and would move across to chair the implementation

board.

The programme team for the review would run a programme management office (PMO) to

oversee and co-ordinate the work of the project workstreams.

Risk management arrangements

There is an existing risk management process in place for the programme, and this process

would continue throughout the implementation and delivery phase of the programme to

ensure that risks are identified, monitored and where possible, mitigated.

Implementation structure

A 4-phase approach to implementation would be established:

Phase 1: Developing a structure for implementation

87 The five NCL CCGs are anticipated to merge by April 2020 into one NCL CCG. The NCL CCG will take forward further

decision-making and support any required implementation plans as part of its support to a north central London integrated care

system.

PHASE 1 Developing a structure for

implementation

PHASE 2 Planning for

implementation

PHASE 3 Implementation

PHASE 4 Evaluation

Page 187: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

187

Phase 2: Planning for implementation

Phase 3: Implementation

Phase 4: Evaluation

Phase 1: Developing a Structure for Implementation

A governance structure would be established (figure E9). The structure would provide a

framework for accountability, reporting with clear lines of responsibility for each organisation.

The structure would support an open and transparent culture between the programme team

commissioners and trusts.

Figure E9: Implementation structure

The structure would be headed by an overarching STP-wide implementation board reporting

into the commissioning decision making body for all five NCL CCGs. Two partnership boards

would report into the Implementation board as well as the boards of each individual trust.

Phase 2: Planning for Implementation

Identify and set up workstreams including

o Procurement

o Workforce (including deployment and HR)

o Digital

o Communication and engagement

o Whole systems pathway development

o Education and training.

Develop implementation plan with key milestones and timescales.

Establish a series of phased implementation gateways.

Identify areas for further development/consideration.

Agree measurement and outcomes framework.

Page 188: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

188

Phase 3: Implementation

Execute rollout plan

Perform gateway and regular check to ensure there are no unintended

consequences and provide a measure of project performance against project aims

including the realisation of benefits.

Define evaluation plan with mechanisms and timescales for post implementation

performance measurement.

Phase 4: Evaluation

Evaluate effectiveness both in terms of clinical quality and the delivery of cost-

effective care.

Implement mechanisms for system wide continual and shared learning including

through GIRFT.

Provide useful feedback and knowledge that could be shared with key stakeholders

as well as the NHS as a whole.

Recommend and implement an ongoing review process for ongoing quality

improvement and shared learning.

Page 189: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

189

Appendix G – Progress against London Clinical Senate

recommendations

Key line of enquiry

Recommendation Action

Model of Care

Whether the new model of care will deliver safe, effective intervention that significantly improves patient experience and outcomes

Recommendation 1.

Quality indicators and improvement metrics are built into the standard operating procedures. Where possible, these are collected digitally.

Subject to public consultation, quality indicators and improvement metrics would be developed as part of the implementation process. Some suggested indicators are set out in Section 5.7. Indicators will be designed in partnership with the clinical orthopaedic network, Partnership for Orthopaedic Excellence: North London and, once agreed, embedded in the service specification.

Evidence

Whether there is sufficient evidence that the change proposed is justified in terms of clinical efficacy and patient experience

Recommendation 2.

Patient information literature is co-designed with patients and improvement metrics are made available to patients.

An overarching NCL-wide clinical orthopaedic network, Partnership for Orthopaedic Excellence: North London, has been established. The network is a standalone quality improvement framework to facilitate integration and drive care consistency. It is responsible for developing and embedding evidence based clinical materials, measures and protocols across the sector. Patient participation is a core component of the network with a variety of mechanisms in place to ensure patients and residents are involved in the design and evaluation of resources. An early focus of the network will be on patient information literature. The role of the network is set out in Section 5.2.

MSK Pathway

That there is sufficient alignment with the wider musculoskeletal pathway to ensure patients experience seamless care across the system.

Recommendation 3.

A sustained education model is developed for stakeholders of the service covering topics such as discharge communication.

An initial focus of the clinical orthopaedic network, Partnership for Orthopaedic Excellence: North London, will be the introduction of an NCL education programme for patients. The network will oversee the development of a new programme based on best practice principles and facilitate the delivery of an end to end MSK pathway.

Page 190: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

190

Key line of enquiry

Recommendation Action

Recommendation 4.

Clarifying threshold and trigger points for readmissions.

Subject to public consultation, local thresholds and trigger points will be identified by individual partnership. The outputs from each partnership will be discussed at the clinical orthopaedic network, Partnership for Orthopaedic Excellence: North London, to support NCL consensus and implementation.

Recommendation 5.

Clarifying the process for readmissions, considering identifying a single contact point through which this is managed.

The protocols for the management of readmissions will be agreed via the clinical orthopaedic network, Partnership for Orthopaedic Excellence: North London. Subject to the outcome of the public consultation, local readmission pathways will implemented by each partnership based on the protocols agreed.

Recommendation 6.

Learning from the pilots and best practice models already in existence in the borough and considering rolling out for consistency.

The clinical orthopaedic network, Partnership for Orthopaedic Excellence: North London, provides a structure for quality improvement and is intended to be the forum through best practice and pilots are evaluated and system wide adoption is agreed.

Recommendation 7.

Liaising with London Ambulance Services regarding transport and discharge arrangements across all sites.

Subject to public consultation, transport, transfer and discharge protocols would be developed in partnership with the London Ambulance Service. The development of robust pathways is anticipated to be a key gateway for implementation.

Recommendation 8.

Exploring innovative models to support the pathway e.g. joint schools, aftercare and equipment.

The clinical orthopaedic network, Partnership for Orthopaedic Excellence: North London will provide a mechanism through which quality improvement initiatives will be agreed and taken forward. Patient education, procurement and discharge pathways have been identified as key elements the emerging work plan.

Page 191: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

191

Key line of enquiry

Recommendation Action

Recommendation 9.

Further engaging community MSK triage and rehabilitation services to ensure a safe, effective and efficient pathway in and out of secondary care orthopaedic services.

The proposals set out in the pre-consultation business case focus on the proposed reconfiguration of planned adult orthopaedic services. It is recognised that these services sit within the wider MSK pathway and, to prevent fragmentation, system wide integrated pathways need to be developed. Through clinical orthopaedic network, Partnership for Orthopaedic Excellence: North London the new ways of working will be established that support the development of end-to-end pathways. Section 4.3.2 sets out current MSK improvement programmes that, subject to consultation, new pathways would link with.

Recommendation 10.

Considering the role and specification of beds on the Chase Farm site to clarify the new model of care, commission the model and develop a practical understanding of patient flow. This may include:

patient criteria e.g. high dependency unit or post anaesthetic care unit

patient pathway

anticipated length of stay

arrangements with London Ambulance Service for patient transfer and emergency conveyancing

Subject to public consultation, as part of the implementation process, a number of key gateways will be determined. The review will work together with the clinical orthopaedic network, Partnership for Orthopaedic Excellence: North London, to develop protocols and pathways to ensure there is a consistent, systematic approach to clinical care across NCL. This will include developing protocols for deteriorating patients and patients who require more intensive care post operatively.

Demand and Sustainability

Our approach demonstrates that future demand is adequately addressed and sustainable services developed

Recommendation 11.

Mitigating against avoidable growth in activity by ensuring that interventions are provided to the right patients at the right time, through adhering to recommendations relating to the musculoskeletal pathway.

Separate to the adult elective orthopaedic review, a significant number of quality improvement initiatives are underway to support access to the right intervention at the right time across the MSK pathway:

• Implementation of NCL-wide evidence based treatment and clinical standards

Page 192: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

192

Key line of enquiry

Recommendation Action

• The introduction of physiotherapy first contact practitioners in primary care from 2020

• The development of consistent referral criteria

These will ensure patients access the timely treatment that meets their individual needs.

Recommendation 12.

Reviewing activity projections to ensure that they are as realistic as possible. Measure the rate of conversion to intervention from outpatient appointments to assist with planning and projections.

Subject to public consultation, activity assumptions and projections would be reviewed as part of the development of the Decision-Making Business Case (DMBC) and during the implementation assurance process

Workforce

Our workforce plans will ensure patients can access the right treatment at the right time.

Recommendation 13.

Implementing plans to recruit senior allied health professionals and nurses to the network board.

Both a nursing and an allied health professional representative have now been appointed to the Network Board.

Recommendation 14.

Developing and articulating opportunities for all staff, allied health professionals and nursing staff as well as doctors. Consider giving attention to standards; pathways; education; mentoring and preceptorship; rotation; as well as practical employment issues such as parking, childcare and maternity payments.

Subject to public consultation, a robust workforce plan would be developed in collaboration with partnership trusts as part of the implementation process. Plans would include innovative ways of working, new roles, and education and training programmes. The two partnerships would be responsible for any separate staff consultation that needed to take place prior to implementation.

Recommendation 15.

Considering how roles such as first contact practitioner or single point of access/ triage practitioners might be integrated into the model.

Subject to public consultation, current and future MSK pathways would be aligned with the new surgical pathways introduced as part of implementation to ensure there is integration across the system.

Page 193: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

193

Key line of enquiry

Recommendation Action

Develop a capability framework for these.

Recommendation 16.

Considering the development of a workforce strategy that would address any rise in activity.

Subject to public consultation, a robust workforce plans would be developed as part of implementation, in collaboration with the two partnerships. Alignment with local initiatives such as the first contact practitioner programme will ensure patients receive the right intervention at the right time

Recommendation 17.

Undertaking a wider workforce scope, mapping the care pathway and points of care for discussion with a wider forum of surgical trainees.

Subject to public consultation, a work plan would be developed in collaboration with the London Deanery to provide a robust training programme for surgical trainees. It is likely that issues relating to training would be a key component of the implementation assurance process.

Recommendation 18.

Considering how core surgical trainees gain exposure in areas other than orthopaedics. Imaginative solutions may be required.

Recommendation 19.

Considering the willingness and availability to flex staff across sites, paying attention to passporting, rota and work schedules.

Subject to public consultation, a robust workforce plan would be developed in collaboration with partnership trusts as part of implementation. Plans would include innovative ways of working and the opportunity to work cross site.

Recommendation 20.

Identifying within the model whether therapy services will operate 5 or 7 days per week and the workforce implications of this.

A core component set out in the model of care submitted in both partnership proposals is the ability to deliver seven day therapy services to ensure patients are immobilised on the day of surgery.

Fully work up the proposals for care navigators/coordinators, paying attention to:

• articulating the outcomes of better care coordination

Subject to public consultation, a robust workforce plan would be developed in collaboration with partnership trusts as part of implementation. Plans would include specification of the core

Page 194: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

194

Key line of enquiry

Recommendation Action

within and outside the hospital

• gathering feedback from PPV groups to determine what the need is and therefore influence how this can best be met

• the differing proposed models in the north and the south of the patch and whether these can be standardised

• the role/ parts of role required to address the administrative aspects (perhaps better called a navigator) and which would be clinical i.e. nurse or allied health professional consultant

• development of a role description which includes a clear definition of clinical responsibilities if relevant.

• addressing how the care coordinator role will be funded – especially if it picks up on parts of pre-existing roles

• creating a development framework for these staff, potentially connecting to an apprenticeship programme

• identifying the interface with MDTs to manage patients across primary, secondary and tertiary care pathways

• identifying additional support that may be required for patients with additional vulnerabilities e.g. mental health needs

competencies of the proposed care coordinator roles.

Digital innovation

Our plans for digital innovation will facilitate seamless care across

Recommendation 22.

Programme plan a time to explore the potential for shared booking to be available across the system

Scoping has identified London and NCL-wide programmes that could be utilised as building blocks for digital interoperability. Subject to public consultation, work would be

Page 195: Adult Elective Orthopaedic Services: Pre …...5 North London Partners in Health and Care is a partnership of health and care organisations which exists to help residents in Barnet,

195

Key line of enquiry

Recommendation Action

organisational boundaries

to smooth the patient pathway.

undertaken to develop a clear digital plan, defining the programme elements that would be taken forward as part of the NCL digital programme and what elements would be undertaken at partnership level. These are likely to be key milestones in any implementation assurance process.

Unintended consequences

Recommendation 23.

Commissioners and providers consider managing the financial impact of gains and losses across the whole health and social care system in north central London to enable future sustainability. This could be enabled by network collaboration.

As part of the NHSE assurance process an NCL financial model was outlined with trusts working together to agree a single approach to modelling. A number of system-wide commercial principles that all organisations agreed were defined as part of the process of completing the pre-consultation business case. Subject to public consultation, further work would be undertaken to develop a sustainable financial model that all partnership organisations can agree and which would be set out in the DMBC post-consultation.